Download Sharp AR-FX7 Service manual
Transcript
SERVICE MANUAL CODE: 00ZARFX7//A1E DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM OPTION FACSIMILE EXPANSION KIT (For U.S.A./Canada) MODEL AR-FX7 EXPANSION MEMORY 8MB: AR-MM9 CONTENTS [1] OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 [2] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 [3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 [4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 [5] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 [6] SIMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 [7] SOFT SWITCH DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 [8] MACHINE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 [9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 [10] TROUBLE CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 [11] ELECTRICAL SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set. SHARP CORPORATION This document has been published to be used for after sales service only. The contents are subject to change without notice. CONTENTS [1] OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 [2] SPECIFICATIONS 1. Communication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2. Scanning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 3. Image process system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 4. Print system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 [7] SOFT SWITCH 1. FAX soft switch setting change quick reference table . . . . 7-1 2. Soft SW list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 3. Soft switch descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 [8] MACHINE OPERATION 6. Reception function system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 1. Key operator program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 B. Operating procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 7. Registration system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2. Power switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8. Telephone function system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 3. Originals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. Original sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. Scanning area of original. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. Automatic reduction of faxed document . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Transmission function system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 9. Memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 10. Additional information function for transmission . . . . . . . . . 2-4 11. Additional print function when receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 8-3 8-3 8-3 8-3 12. Recording table system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 4. Own number sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 A. Position of sender's information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 13. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 5. Quick On-line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 [3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. Install of expansion kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 A. Parts included. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 B. Installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 [4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION [9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 1. Program download method (for Copier, and fax program) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 2. Others (Troubleshooting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 [10] TROUBLE CODE LIST 1. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 1. Machine trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 2. FAX mode (Condition setting screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 A. Condition setting screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 B. Address directory screen (alphabetically ordered) . . . . . 4-2 2. Communication result code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 A. Composition of communication report code . . . . . . . . 10-2 [5] ADJUSTMENTS 1. Density section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 A. FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode) (<FAX mode> SIM 46-12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 B. FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode) (<FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 2. Communication section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 A. Dial test (<FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 [6] SIMULATION 1. Code-type simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 A. Operating procedures and operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 2. Simulation code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 3. Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 3. List of buzzer sounds in case of FAX abnormality . . . . . . 10-3 [11] ELECTRICAL SECTION 1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 A. Main block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 B. TEL/LIU PWB block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 2. Circuit diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 A. FAX MAIN PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 B. TEL LIU PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22 [1] OUTLINE This unit is a fax expansion kit which provides facsimile functions by attaching to the digital machine AR-M237/M277 series. To expand facsimile functions, use of RSPF is recommendable. By attaching a job separator/finisher, copy output and fax output can be separately discharged to different trays. The fax board of the fax expansion kit is provided with 2MB flash memory (standard). An expansion memory of one of 8MB can be added. (8MB expansion memory for fax, AR-MM9) Job separator (AR-TR3) AR-M237/M277 Facsimile expansion Kit (AR-FX7) 8MB AR-MM9 Expansion memory Finisher (AR-FN5N) 2X500-sheet paper feed unit (AR-D22) 500-sheet paper feed unit (AR-D21) AR-FX7 OUTLINE 1 - 1 [2] SPECIFICATIONS 1. 4. (1) Recording size Communication system (1) Electronic transmission system Transmission time Less than 3 sec (Super G3/33600bps) Less than 6 sec (G3 ECM/14400bps) MH, MR, MMR, JBIG 33600bps → 2400 auto fall back Super G3/G3 Compression system Modem speed Mutual communication Employed line Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), Private Branch Exchange (PBX) One line Number of employed lines ECM 2. YES OC RSPF Document size specified Duplex document specified Long document Lead edge 5mm or less, rear edge 5mm or less left & right edges 6mm or less 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/ 5.5 x 8.5R 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/ 5.5 x 8.5R/A4/A4R YES Max. 1000mm (A3 width 297mm/except when super fine) (2) Transmission mode document load quantity scan cycle (RSPF capacity) Document scan speed Job build (Large document mode) Thin paper scan 3. NO (Selection inhibited during scanning of a document) YES RSPF: 100 sheets 40 pages/min (Normal, A4R memory transmission) About 1.5sec/page (Normal, A4R memory transmission) YES YES Image process system (1) Half-tone reproduction density adjustment Half-tone Density selection Equivalent to 256 gradations (Combination of fine/super fine/ultra fine is possible.) Auto/manual in 5 steps Recording paper empty detection Paper feed YES All installed trays except for multi-manual tray. YES Transmission function system Rapid key dialing/ Group dialing registration per Chain dialing Redialing 500 items (Total volume of rapid key and group dialing) YES The preceding number in single address transmission is registered. (except time specification) Not cleared even by clear all key NO Mode recall (2) F-code communication Sub address Password YES (Max. 20 digits) YES (Max. 20 digits) (3) Time specification Time specification: Transmission/polling Call time in automatic send Time is specified in transmission/polling. 30sec / 45sec / 60 sec Default: 45 sec (4) Recall mode Auto recall mode when other party is busy. Recall mode when in a communication error Interval Number of times Interval Number of times Send page Number of transmissions counted in recall mode simultaneously. Subsequent transmission reservation override in recall mode 1min to 15min, default 3min 1 to 14 times / No resend Default 2 times 1min to 15min / 0: Resend immediately after disconnection of the line Default: Once Once / No resend Default 1 time After the error page Max. 50 items NO (5) Automatic reduction transmission YES (ON/OFF by key operator program) (2) Image selection Normal Fine Super fine Ultra fine (2) Recording paper (1) Simplified dialing function 297mm (11.7") RSPF/OC transmission select Continuous auto paper feed Document load capacity Document scan cycle 293mm (11.5") YES (All sizes except for multi paper feed. → Recognition of the set size. The tray has no function to detect the actual paper size.) 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/A4/ A4R Recording paper size 5. (1) Document size Auto detection size Max. record width Recording paper size detection Reception paper full detection Scanning system Max. document width Unscanable area Print system 8dot/mm x 3.85line/mm 8dot/mm x 7.7line/mm 8dot/mm x 15.4line/mm 16dot/mm x 15.4line/mm: ITU-T conforming (3) Print resolution 600dpi (with resolution correction) (6) Memory transmission/direct transmission Memory transmission Number of reservation to be set Process in memory full Quick online transmission Direct transmission Default setup AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1 YES Max. 50 items Transmission cancel or only scanned data transmission YES (Enable/Disable setup by key operator program) YES (100 pages from RSPF, only 1 page from OC) Set by key operator program 6. (7) Broadcast function Broadcast transmission Number of destinations Transmission method Usable dial Group dialing Relay broadcast transmission Instructing station Relay station Multiple relay Number of relay groups F code relay broadcast instruction (relay broadcast instruction function) F code relay broadcast (relay function) Confidential transmission (Sharp machine mode) (Other party) Confidential transmission (F code communication) (Other party) 200 destinations (When group dialing is used, the number of other parties registered to group dialing is added.) 10-key, rapid key dialing, group key, next address key 10-key entry, rapid key dialing, group key dialing. However, an address including sub address of 10-key entry registered cannot be used. Transmitted by group dialing registered to rapid key dialing Only from the machine having Sharp relay broadcast instructing transmission function Only from the machine having Sharp relay broadcast transmission function NO 10 groups YES Automatic reception Page coupling Automatic reception setup Number of calls Transmission reservation interrupt Broadcast interrupt Non-call reception Manual reception setup Setup for switching to automatic reception Auto reduction setup in letter reception Auto reduction setup in A3 reception (A3 RX REDUCE) Answering machine connection Reception mode time switch Reception data print condition setup NO YES NO NO Set whether the received data are reduced or divided to print, by the key operator program. YES (ON/OFF by key operator program) Proxy reception Compulsory memory reception Only when output is disabled. NO (4) Received data override output YES (check by job status key) YES (by direct transmission) (10) Serial transmission function NO (11) Rotation transmission 8.5 x 11 → 8.5 x 11R, A4 → A4R (5) Transfer Transfer destination registration Transfer procedure YES (Registered by key operator program) YES (Operated with function menu) (6) Specified number reception Reception of only specified numbers allowed Reception reject setup (ANTI JUNK FAX) Registration of the numbers to be rejected NO YES (ON/OFF by key operator program) 50 items (up to 20 digits each) Registered by key operation program. (7) Confidential function (12) Book document transmission Confidential reception (Sharp machine mode) (Sender) Confidential box Confidential box name By OC mode YES (13) Finish stamp NO Confidential ID code Confidential (F code communication) (Sender) F code confidential box F code confidential box name (14) Bulletin board (remote transmission, polling transmission functions) F code bulletin board F code bulletin board box F code bulletin board box name 0 to 9 times (Factory setup 2 times, variable) Allowed by setting the number of calls to 0. YES NO (3) Memory reception function Only Sharp machine having confidential function F code support machine (9) Priority function Bulletin board (remote transmission) Polling protection function Automatic reception (Reception state switchable) YES Auto reduction print on the paper size YES YES (Allowed only from OC) Applicable size: 11 x 17 / 8.5 x 11R NO Transmission method Page division Default setup YES Page division Paper size (1) Reception mode (2) Zoom reception (8) Scan specification Serial transmission Reception function system YES Check by other party’s number Check by matching of system number (user’s own machine), ID number (other party’s machine) (between Sharp machines only) YES YES YES F code confidential box print pass code Sharp machine having confidential function only Registered up to 10 boxes Registered up to 36 letters (18 letters and displayed) May be set per confidential box F code support machine Registered up to 10 boxes Registered up to 36 letters (18 letters and displayed) YES (4 digits) (8) Rotation reception Paper is outputted by rotating 90 degrees to the set direction of paper in cassette (9) Division reception Registered up to 10 boxes Division size Registered up to 36 letters (18 letters are displayed) When no paper for reception of long document. (10) Duplex reception YES AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 2 (11) 2 in 1 reception NO (12) Polling Send request Resolution YES Ultra Fine (Change by the soft SW) (13) Turn around transmission Registration system Group dialing Program Number of items (Include group) Number of digits of other party’s number User tag classification International communication mode setup Transmission method Registered key Max. number of registration per group dialing Registerable number Registered name User tag classification Transmission method Number of items Registerable items Registered name Call method Change in setup after calling Relay group Number of items Registered name Relay station number registration Reception station number registration YES 3 types of keyboard available YES (Service tool. Dial registration can be made with PC.) 500 items (6) Date/time adjustment 50 digits (+ Sub address 20 digits, pass code 20 digits) Registered by key operator program. (7) Backup Backup of registration in power failure YES YES 8. Rapid dialing key + Start key Rapid dialing key 10-key (Not available for sub address) 200 items (The total number of registration is 200 items.) Numbers registered to rapid dialing, and numbers entered with 10-key 36 letters YES Rapid dialing key + Start key 8 items An setup items in transmission excluding time specification/ document size/duplex/job build. 36 letters By pressing program key NO (Change in setup is available for time specification/document size/ duplex/job build. (Specifying page division in registration makes it impossible for duplex/job build.)) 10 groups 36 letters 10-key only 10-key dialing For rapid key dialing/group dialing speed dialing/the numbers registered in relay station must be input. SRAM used, by built-in battery Telephone function system Handset On-hook function Reserve Pause Telephone transmission in power failure Sound Ringer volume volume adjustment Line monitor sound Speaker sound Transmission complete sound Transmission complete sound tone setup (transmission end) Transmission complete sound tone setup (reception end) Transmission complete sound time setup Scan end sound Tone pulse switch External telephone connection Remote reception switch Telephone/ Sound Fax response Answering voice recording (2) Sender registration Sender’s name 20 items (registration/display: 22 letters) Registered by key operator program. Sender’s number 20 digits, registered with key operator program (3) Polling (Registration of allow number) Registration of polling allow number System number registration 10 items, 20 digits, registered by key operator program (5) Registered data read/write (1) Number registration Rapid dialing Up to 10 items in 4 digits. Registered by key operator program. (4) Letter input Key entry Letters allowed for input NO 7. Registration of polling allow ID number Relay ID code registration 10 items, 20 digits, registered by key operator program 1 items, 4 digits, registered by key operator program AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 3 NO YES NO YES (1 to 15sec: Default 2sec, set by key operator program) NO (However, external telephone transmission is allowed.) YES (Set by key operator program to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.) YES (Set by key operator program to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.) YES (Set by key operator program to Large/Medium/Small.) YES (Set by key operator program to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.) YES (Set by key operator program to PATTERN 1/2/3.) YES (Set by key operator program to PATTERN 1/2/3.) YES (Set by key operator program. 5 step by 2.0 to 4.0 sec.) YES (Set by soft switch to Large/ Medium/Small/No sound.) 10/TONE selection with key operator program. YES YES (Switch number is in 1 digit + ∗∗) 5∗∗ NO NO 9. Memory system Memory capacity Standard Option LCD display Printout Memory content (transmission reservation) confirmation Memory use status Document data memory backup in power failure (2) Communication result report function Communication result table 2MB 8MB YES YES YES (% display) YES (Flash memory) 10. Additional information function for transmission Page counter Date printing Date/ display sequential switch Cover Date paper item Receiver’s name Receiver’s number Sender’s name Sender’s number Display of number of documents transmitted Transmission message Print paper size Transmission message (Regular message) Sender print User message YES YES (month/day/year/the day of week, year is in 4 digits) NO YES YES YES YES YES YES 8.5 x 11 CONFIDENTIAL/PLS. DISTRIBUTE/URGENT/PLS. CALL BACK/IMPORTANT NO NO YES (Set by key operator program) (1) Communication record function Time-specified output Output when recording memory full Output of individual department Time-specified communication table Confidential reception check table Broadcast communication report YES (Print out all report/Print out error report only/No printed report. With key operator program) Reception YES (Print out all report/When error occurs/No printed report. With key operator program) Confidential reception YES (Print out notice page/Not print out notice page. With key operator program) Image memory print YES (Print out all report/When error occurs/No printed report. With key operator program) (3) Other report list Rapid # list Group list Telephone number list Program list Relay group list Transmission message list Pass code list Mem. polling list Confidential reception list Activity report Timer list Confidential code list FAX key operator program list FAX account usage list F code memory box list Junk FAX number list Soft switch list (Output by SIM) Memory image deletion table Department code table YES (Rapid key table) YES (Group number table) YES (Table of searched letters in rapid key dialing, and group dialing in alphabetical order) YES YES NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO 13. Others 12. Recording table system Communication record table size Communication record memory capacity Communication record table YES (Print out all report/Print out error report only/No printed report. With key operator program) YES 11. Additional print function when receiving Index print Single sending Letter (Not output when paper greater than 5.5 x 8.5 is not set.) 50 items in total of transmission and reception Max. 50 items for each of transmission and reception (Total of transmission and reception is up to 50 items.) Record table is outputted separately. If registration exceeds 50, the oldest one is deleted. YES (1 time per day) YES (Print/not print is set by key operator) YES (Communication time of each department is outputted as department management record table.) Common with transmission record table CSI transmission Department Limitation on users management in each department Number of departments registered Charge management function for each department Automatic booting mode WIN FAST Distinctive ring Summer time setting Address book import/export PC-FAX YES AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 4 YES YES 100 items NO NO YES 6 + OFF (Default: OFF) YES (Start: the 1st Sunday in April A.M.2:00 → A.M.3:00 End: the last Sunday in October A.M.2:00 → A.M.1:00) (Default: OFF) In Japanese and English Supplied languages: English, French, Swedish, Italian, Spanish, German, Dutch, Danish, Finish/Norwegian (RX only to TX. not available) [3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. Install of expansion kit 2) Work the left rear cabinet. Cut and remove the cut-out portion from the left rear cabinet using a tool such as nippers. Be careful about the direction of the tool so that the cut surface is flat. A. Parts included Cut-out portion PWB spacers: 2 pcs. Fax PWB: 1 pc. TEL/LIU PWB: 1 pc. 3) Attach the speaker. Attach the speaker to the left rear cabinet using supplied two golden screws (M3). Fax connector cover: 1 pc. Line cable: 1 pc. M3 golden screws: 2 pcs. M3 screws with washer: 8 pcs. Supplied label: 1 sheet Installation manual: 1 sheet Operation manuals: 1 pc. Speaker unit: 1pc. M3 golden screws B. Installation procedure Turn off the main switch of the copier and then remove the power plug of the copier from the outlet. 1) Remove the shielding plate and the left rear cabinet. Remove the five screws that fix the shielding plate and then remove the shielding plate by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver. Then, remove the two screws that secure the left rear cabinet and slide the cabinet toward the rear side of the main unit to remove it. 4) Attach the fax PWB Mount the two spacers on the fax PWB. Then, insert the connector of the FAX PWB to the connector of the FAX expansion PWB and secure it using six M3 screws with washer. M3 Screws with washer Fax PWB Spacers Shielding plate Screws Screws Left rear cabinet M3 Screws with washer AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 1 5) Attach the TEL/LIU PWB. 8) Reattach the shielding plate. Insert the connector of the TEL/LIU PWB to the connector of the FAX PWB, fit two spacers to the TEL/LIU PWB, and attach the TEL/LIU PWB using two M3 screws with washer. Fit the pawls of the shielding plate to the main unit and secure the plate using five screws. Spacers TEL/LIU PWB Screws M3 Screws with washer Shielding plate 6) Reattach the left rear cabinet. <1> Pass the speaker harness through the hole of the frame of the fax expansion PWB and connect it to the connector of the fax PWB. <2> Fit the pawls of the left rear cabinet to the mounting portions of the main unit. Slide the cabinet toward the front of the main unit to attach it. <3> Secure the left rear cabinet using two screws. <4> Attach the supplied fax connector cover. Speaker harness Insert the power plug of the copier to the outlet and turn on the main switch. Then, carry out the following procedure. 9) Paste the label on the left rear cabinet of the copier. Paste the FCC label to the position shown in the illustration. In order to manifest the compliance with FCC Part 68 and IC CS-03, it is required to provide the machine with the FCC Registration Number (USA), Ringer Equivalence (USA) and Ringer Equivalence (Canada). After installing the FAX expansion kit in the machine, please put the registration label, packed with the kit, on the prescribed location. Screws Left rear cabinet Fax connector cover FCC label 10) Clear the image memory. <Step for mounting extended memory (AR-MM9)> * If an extended memory (AR-MM9) has been mounted in step 7, be sure to carry out this step. If no extended memory has been mounted, this step is not necessary. If you need not to mount an extended memory, proceed to step 8. <1> [P], [*], [C], and [*] to enter the simulation mode. 7) Mount an additional memory (AR-MM9) <2> Use the 10-key pad to enter “66” in the main code entry screen shown below and press the START key. Screw Pawls Insert the additional memory into the socket on the FAX PWB. <3> Use the 10-key pad to enter “10” in the sub-code entry screen shown below. AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 2 <4> Use the 10-key pad to enter “1” in the submenu screen shown below and press the START key. <5> The screen shown below is displayed and memory clear operation is executed to restart the main unit. <6> After several minutes, memory clear operation is completed and then the screen shown below is displayed. Press the Reset key to restart the main unit. 11) Connect the FAX board unit line cable. Connect the line cable to the FAX board unit. Line cable AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 3 [4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION 1. Operation panel 2 1 3 4 5 COPY PRINT ON LINE DATA SCAN DATA LINE DATA FAX JOB STATUS CUSTOM SETTINGS ACC.#-C 6 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 Name Touch panel Function, operation • Messages and keys appears in the touch panel. A key can be touched to select or enter a setting. • When you touch a key, a beep sounds and the key is highlighted to indicate that it has been selected. • Keys that cannot be selected in a screen are grayed out. If a grayed out key is touched, a double beep will sound to indicate that the key cannot be selected. Mode select keys Use to select the basic modes of the machine. LINE light This lights while a fax is being sent or received. Numeric keys Use for settings that require the entry of numbers. [CLEAR] key This is used to clear a mistake when entering a number. One digit is cleared each time the key is pressed. The key is also used to cancel scanning of an original. [FAX] key Press to switch to fax mode. The initial screen of fax mode will appear in the touch panel display. [JOB STATUS] key Use to check the status of a job. DATA light This light blinks when a fax has been received to memory. The light stays on constantly when a fax is waiting in memory for transmission. [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key Use to customize the machine settings to better suit your needs. When using the fax function, destinations can be stored and settings for fax reception and fax forwarding can be selected. [ACC.#-C] key Press to use the fax function when auditing mode is enabled. This key can also be used to issue tone signals when the machine is connected to a pulse dial line. [START] key Press to begin scanning an original for fax transmission. [CLEAR ALL] key Use to cancel a transmission or programming operation. When the key is pressed, the operation is canceled and you return to the initial screen. When sending a fax, this key is also used to cancel an image setting, paper size setting, or special function. 2. FAX mode (Condition setting screen) The condition setting screen of fax mode is displayed by pressing the [FAX] key while the print mode, copy mode, or job status screen appears in the touch panel. In the explanations that follow, it is assumed that the initial screen that appears after pressing the [FAX] key is the condition setting screen (shown below). If you have set the display to show the address directory when the [FAX] key is pressed, touch the [CONDITION SETTINGS] key in the address directory to display the condition setting screen. A key operator program can be used to set the display to show either the condition setting screen (shown below) or the address directory screen (p.8) when the [FAX] key is pressed. A. Condition setting screen The display is initially set (factory setting) to show the following screen when the [FAX] key is pressed. 1 2 READY TO SEND. 14 13 AUTO EXPOSURE 12 STANDARD RESOLUTION 11 3 SPEAKER FAX MEMORY:100% AUTO RECEPTION AUTO ORIGINAL 10 4 REDIAL ADDRESS BOOK 5 SUB ADDRESS 6 SPECIAL MODES ADDRESS REVIEW 7 DIRECT TX MEMORY TX 8 9 AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 4 - 1 No. 1 2 Name Message display Function, operation Messages appear here to indicate the current status of the machine. When the machine is ready to send, an icon appears to the left. This shows the amount of fax memory that is free and the currently selected reception mode. 3 Memory and reception mode display [SPEAKER] key 4 [REDIAL] key 5 [ADDRESS BOOK] key 6 7 [SUB ADDRESS] key [ADDRESS REVIEW] key 8 [DIRECT TX MEMORY TX] key [SPECIAL MODES] key 9 10 Original settings icon display 11 12 [ORIGINAL] key [RESOLUTION] key 13 [EXPOSURE] key 14 Special function icon display This key is used for dialing with the speaker. During dialing it changes into the [PAUSE] key, and after pressing the [SUB ADDRESS] key it changes into the [SPACE] key. Touch this key to redial the most recently dialed number. After dialing, this key changes into the [NEXT ADDRESS] key. This displays the Address Directory screen. Touch this key when you want to use an auto-dial number (one-touch dialing or group dialing). Touch this key to enter a sub-address or passcode. When performing a broadcast transmission, touch this key to check your selected destinations. A list of your selected destinations will appear, and destinations can be deleted from the list. Touch this key to switch from memory transmission mode to direct transmission mode. The selected mode is highlighted. Touch this key to select one of the following special functions: Timer transmission, Polling, Slow scan mode, Dual page scan, Program, Memory box, Cover sheet, Adding a message, Special modes When two-sided scanning or job build mode is selected (touch the [ORIGINAL] key to select these functions), an icon will appear in this display. The icon can be touched to open the original settings screen. Touch this key to manually set the original size or select two-sided scanning. Touch this key to change the resolution setting when scanning an original. The selected resolution setting will be highlighted above the key. The initial factory setting is [STANDARD]. Touch this key to change the scanning exposure. The selected exposure is highlighted above the key. The initial factory setting is [AUTO]. When a special function such as polling or dual page scan is selected, the special function icon appears here. B. Address directory screen (alphabetically ordered) If "DEFAULT DISPLAY SETTINGS" is set to address directory, the following screen will be the initial screen that appears when the [FAX] key is pressed. 2 READY TO SEND. SPEAKER A B C D E F G H CONDITION SETTINGS 1 ABCD ADDRESS REVIEW EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ 5 Name Rapid key display 2 Display switching keys 3 [CONDITION SETTINGS] key [ABC/GROUP] key Index keys 4 5 3 SUB ADDRESS FREQUENT USE No. 1 REDIAL ABC GROUP 4 Function, operation This shows the rapid keys that have been stored on the selected "index card". The display is initially set to show 8 keys. This can be changed to 6 or 12 using a key operator program. In cases where the rapid keys cannot all be displayed on one screen, this shows how many screens are left. Touch the [↑] [↓] keys to move through the screens. This displays the condition setting screen, which is used to set various conditions. Touch this key to switch between the alphabetical index and the group index. Destinations programmed in rapid keys are stored in indexes. In the alphabetical index, the destinations appear in alphabetical order. In the group indexes, the destinations appear in the order that they were programmed. Touch the [ABC GROUP] key to switch between indexes. The group indexes can be used as follows: • For storing destinations in groups. • A name can be assigned to each index. • Frequently used destinations can be stored in the FREQUENT USE index. Destinations in the FREQUENT USE index appear in the order that they were programmed. AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 4 - 2 [5] ADJUSTMENTS 1 Section Density section 2 Communication section A B A Adjustment items FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode) FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode) Dial test 1. Density section A. FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode) (<FAX mode> SIM 46-12) Adjustment procedures <FAX mode> SIM 46-12 <FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 46-16 <FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 66-16 B. FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode) (<FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 16) 1) Set the test chart (TPAP-2109SCZZ <CCITT #3 chart>) on the OC table as shown below, and close the OC cover. 1) Set the test chart (TPAP-2109SCZZ <CCITT #3 chart>) on the OC table as shown below, and close the OC cover. Glass holding plate 2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-13 to 46-16 depending on the adjustment mode. Glass holding plate 2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-12. 3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current density level is displayed on the lower two digits of the display section in standard and auto density mode. 4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image density. 5) Make a copy, and adjust so that the following adjustment specification is satisfied. ∗ When an adjustment is made in this mode, the exposure level for each communication mode and each density mode are automatically adjusted accordingly. <Adjustment specifications> Density Resolution mode mode Auto Standard CCITT #3 Set chart output Set value range result FAX “3” is slightly The greater the 0 – 99 mode copied. set value is, the 46-12 greater the density is, and vice versa. SIM 3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current density level is displayed on the lower two digits of the display section. 4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image density. 5) Make a copy, and adjust the density with the copy as a reference. <Adjustment specifications> Resolution Density mode changeover Standard Switched with the density select key. Fine Switched with the density select key. Super fine Switched with the density select key. Ultra fine Switched with the density select key. AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 1 SIM Set value FAX mode 4613 FAX mode 4614 FAX mode 4615 FAX mode 4616 The greater the set value is, the greater the density is, and vice versa. Set range 0 – 99 2. Communication section Note: These items are factory adjusted when shipping according to FCC standards. Therefore, do not change the setting in the market. A. Dial test (<FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 16) (1) Dial pulse transmission test 1) Execute SIM 66-14 in FAX mode. 2) Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. 3) Set the make time with the 10-key. The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms. The sending dial cannot be interrupted. Soft SW Dial 10 FAX SW 25pulse PPS mode 1 to 4 make 66-14 time SIM Initial Set value value 40ms SW set value: 0 to 15 1ms step (14) Make time: 26 to (Binary 41ms input) (2) DTMF signal transmission level adjustment 1) Execute SIM 66-16 in the FAX mode. 2) Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. 1 3) Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The sending dial cannot be interrupted. 4) Select the soft SW reflection. Soft Initial Set value SW value SW 64- –6dBm SW set value: DTMF High (FAX 0 to 21 transgroup mode) 66- 4 to 8 Transmission mission 16 level: 0.0 to (Test level –21dB only) SW 65- +2.0 SW set value: High 5 to 8 dBm 0 to 15 group Transmission – Low level: 2.0 to group 5.5dB SIM 1dBm step (Binary input) 0.5dBm step (Binary input) AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 2 [6] SIMULATION Code Main Sub 66 17 1. Code-type simulation A. Operating procedures and operations 18 * Entering the simulation mode 19 20 21 22 24 30 31 32 33 34 37 41 1) #/P key (program) ON → Asterisk (*) key ON → CLEAR key ON → Asterisk (*) key ON → Ready for input of a main code of simulation 2) Entering a main code with the 10-key → START key ON 3) Entering a sub code with the 10-key → START key ON 4) Select an item with the scroll key and the item key. 5) The machine enters the mode corresponding to the selected item. Press START key to start the simulation operation. To cancel the current simulation mode or to change the main code and the sub code, press the CUSTOM SETTINGS key. * Canceling the simulation mode to return to the normal mode 1) Press CLEAR ALL key. 2. Simulation code list Code Main Sub 22 5 11 24 46 10 12 13 14 15 16 48 50 66 8 9 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Function Used to check the DTFM signal send operation. (Signal send level: Max.) Used to check the DTFM signal send operation. (Signal send level: Set by soft SW.) Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM. Used to write the Flash ROM data to the SRAM. FAX information print Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only) Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only) Used to set the TEL/LIU. Used to set the TEL/LIU. Receive data check Signal detection check Communication time measurement display Speaker sound volume adjustment CI signal check 3. Details Function Used to check the ROM version of each unit (section). Used to display the FAX send/receive counter (FAX reception and print counter). FAX counter data clear FAX exposure level adjustment (1 mode automatic adjustment) FAX exposure level adjustment (Normal mode individual adjustment) FAX exposure level adjustment (Fine text mode individual adjustment) FAX exposure level adjustment (Super Fine mode individual adjustment) FAX exposure level adjustment (Ultra Fine mode individual adjustment) FAX magnification adjustment (read) FAX magnification adjustment (print) FAX lead edge adjustment (read) FAX lead edge adjustment (print) Used to change and check the FAX-related soft SW. Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW. (Except for the FAX adjustment values) FAX PWB memory check Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.) Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW setting) Printing the confidential password Print the screen memory contents Voice Message send (Signal send level: Max.) (print) (Japan only) Used to send the voice message. (Signal send level: Set by soft SW.) Image data memory clear Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level: Max.) Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level: Set by soft SW) Used to register the dial numbers. Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test) Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test) Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send test) 22 22-5 Purpose Function (Purpose) Item Adjustment/Setting/Check Used to check the ROM version of each unit (section). Software Operation/procedure Used to display the ROM version of each section. [Display example] ROM version 1.250 → [1.25] (up to 2 decimal places) The display of the protocol monitor and the soft SW follows this display. S/N MCU IMC OPE PRINTER NIC FINISHER FAX Machine serial number Main Control Unit IMC Panel + Panel label code PRINTER NIC (For the Soft Nic, the Soft Nic version is displayed. When the AR-NC5 is installed, the AR-NC5J version is displayed.) FINISHER FAX If it is not installed, "- - - - - - - - - -" is displayed. [Label code display] Contents of "XXX" section on the display below Panel display JPN EFS EEU AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 1 Destination Selection code Japan SEC SECL SUK SEEG/ SEA/East Europe, etc. AJ/AM AL/AC BK/BB GG/GD Panel software support language Japanese, American English, English American English, English, French, Spanish English, German, Polish, Czech, Hungarian, Greek, Turkish, Russian, French, Italian, Slovak Panel display NEU Destination Selection code SEF/ SEES/ SEIS/SEN, etc. BG/DG/ BD/DD BA/BN CHN SCA/SCNZ Distributor area SOCC BZ UE5 TWN Taiwan BE/BT UT1 EFS *1 Special countries Panel software support language English, German, French, Spanish, Dutch, Italian, Portuguese, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish, Danish American English, English, French, Spanish Simplified Chinese, American English, English Traditional Chinese (Local support), American English, English American English, English, French, Spanish, Hebrew (Local support) *1: Display at the current state 24 24-10 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation/procedure Data clear FAX counter data clear FAX Counter 1. Select the "3: NUMBER OF PRINTS", and press the [START] key. The confirmation menu is shown. 2. Select "1: YES." 1: YES (Cleared) 2: NO (Not cleared) (Default) 1 2 3 Item FAX SEND (PAGE & TIME) FAX RECEIVE (PAGE & TIME) FAX OUTPUT Content FAX send page and time FAX receive page and time FAX output (number of prints) Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Panel label code 46 46-12 22-11 Purpose Function (Purpose) Adjustment/setting/operation data output/check (display/print) Used to display the FAX send/receive counter (FAX reception and print counter). Section Item FAX Counter Adjustment FAX exposure level adjustment (1 mode automatic adjustment) FAX Image quality Operation/procedure 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item. Operation/procedure Used to display the FAX send/receive counter. FAX SEND PAGE/TIME FAX RECEIVE PAGE/TIME FAX OUTPUT Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item FAX send page and time FAX receive page and time FAX output (number of print) 2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key. 3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored. Normal display Error display The counter display is in 7 digits. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. 1 2 Item COPY START FAX EXP.LEVEL Setting range – 0-99 Default – 50 Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 1 50 AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 2 Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 46-13 Purpose Adjustment Function FAX exposure level adjustment (Normal mode (Purpose) individual adjustment) Section FAX Item Image quality Operation/procedure 1 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item. 2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key. 3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored. Normal display Error display Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. 3 AE 4 MANUAL Content Copy start Exposure level selection Normal text AE Normal text MANUAL Adjustment FAX exposure level adjustment (Super Fine mode individual adjustment) FAX Image quality Operation/procedure There is no tray selection operation. Item 1 COPY START 2 EXP.LEVEL 46-15 Setting range – Default – 2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key. 3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored. 0-99 50 Normal display Error display Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. 1 Item Content 1 2 3 COPY START EXP.LEVEL AE (PHOTO ON) 4 5 AE (PHOTO OFF) MANUAL (PHOTO ON) MANUAL (PHOTO OFF) 46-14 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Adjustment FAX exposure level adjustment (Fine text mode individual adjustment) FAX Image quality 6 Copy start Exposure level selection Super Fine AE (Half tone) Super Fine AE Super Fine MANUAL (Half tone) Super Fine MANUAL Setting range – Default – 0 - 99 50 Note:Executable only when the FAX is installed. Operation/procedure 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item. 2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key. 3 50 3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored. Normal display Error display 50 50 NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY 50 46-16 There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. Item Content 1 2 COPY START EXP.LEVEL 3 4 5 AE (PHOTO ON) AE (PHOTO OFF) MANUAL (PHOTO ON) MANUAL (PHOTO OFF) Copy start Exposure level selection Fine text AE (Half tone) Fine text AE Fine text MANUAL (Half tone) Fine text MANUAL 6 1 Setting Default range – – Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Adjustment FAX exposure level adjustment (Ultra Fine mode individual adjustment) FAX Image quality Operation/procedure 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item. 0-99 50 2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 3 3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored. Normal display Error display Item 4 NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. Item Content 1 2 3 COPY START EXP.LEVEL AE (PHOTO ON) 4 5 AE (PHOTO OFF) MANUAL (PHOTO ON) MANUAL (PHOTO OFF) 6 Copy start Exposure level selection Ultra Fine AE (Half tone) Ultra Fine AE Ultra Fine MANUAL (Half tone) Ultra Fine MANUAL Setting range – Default – 0 - 99 50 Content OC(SUB) Setting range 1-255* Default SCAN Sub scanning 128 magnification ratio adjustment (OC) 5 SPF(MAIN) SCAN Main scanning 1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (SPF) 6 SPF(SUB) SCAN Sub scanning 1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (SPF) 7 RSPF(MAIN) SCAN Main scanning 1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (RSPF) 8 RSPF(SUB) SCAN Sub scanning 1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (RSPF) * The adjustment can be made in the range of -12.7% - +12.7% by the increment of 0.1%. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 2 1 128 1 128 50 128 50 128 128 50 128 50 48-9 48 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section 48-8 Adjustment FAX magnification adjustment (print) FAX Operation/procedure Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Related soft SW Adjustment FAX magnification adjustment (read) 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item. 2. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored. FAX SW112-1 to 8, SW113-1 to 8 Normal display Error display Operation/procedure 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is highlighted beside the item. NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY 2. Enter the set value of magnification with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key. There is no operation of tray selection. 3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored. When two pages are scanned, duplex printing is made. Normal display Error display NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY Item There is no operation of tray selection. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. Even when the SPF/RSPF is selected, if there is no original on the SPF/RSPF, the OC is scanned. Even when the OC is selected, if there is any original on the SPF/ RSPF, the SPF/RSPF is scanned. (Setting 2) Item 1 2 3 COPY START SCAN SELECT (OC/SPF/RSPF) OC(MAIN) Content Copy start Scan selection (OC/ SPF/ RSPF) SCAN Main scanning magnification ratio adjustment (OC) The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. Setting range – 1-255* 1-255* Default – 128 128 Content 1 COPY START Copy start 2 Horizontal Print magnification ratio adjustment (Horizontal, vertical to paper passing) 3 Vertical Print magnification ratio adjustment (Vertical, parallel to paper passing) 4 Horizontal Print magnification ratio (DUPLEX) adjustment on the back surface (Horizontal, vertical to paper passing) 5 Vertical Print magnification ratio (DUPLEX) adjustment on the back surface (Vertical, parallel to paper passing) Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 4 Setting Default range 1-255 128 1-255 128 1-255 128 1-255 128 1-255 128 50-9 128 Purpose Adjustment Function (Purpose) FAX lead edge adjustment (print) Section FAX Operation/procedure 2 128 128 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is highlighted beside the item. 128 2. Press the [START] key. Copying is started. Normal display Error display 50 NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY There is no tray selection operation. 50-8 The adjustments on the machine side must have been normally completed. Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Adjustment FAX lead edge adjustment (read) FAX The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. When two pages are scanned, duplex print is made, 1 COPY START 2 LEAD Setting Default range – – 43-57 50 3 43-57 50 43-57 50 43-57 50 43-57 50 43-57 50 Item Operation/procedure 1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is highlighted beside the item. 2. Enter the correction value with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key. 3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started. Normal display Error display 4 NOW PRINTING DOOR OPEN JAM PAPER EMPTY 5 There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. 6 4. Select the scanning method. Even when the SPF/RSPF is selected, if there is no original on the SPF/RSPF, the OC is scanned. Even when the OC is selected, if there is any original on the SPF/ RSPF, the SPF/RSPF is scanned. (Setting 2) Item 1 COPY START 2 SCAN SELECT (OC/ SPF/RSPF) 3 LEAD 4 LEFT 5 REAR 6 RIGHT Content Copy start Scan selection (1: OC, 2: SPF, 3: RSPF back) Scan lead edge position adjustment value of the selected method in 2. Scan left edge position adjustment value of the selected method in 2. Scan rear edge position adjustment value of the selected method in 2. Scan right edge position adjustment value of the selected method in 2. Setting range – 7 Content Copy start Print lead edge void adjustment value (Front surface) LEFT Print left edge void adjustment value (Front surface) REAR Print rear edge void adjustment value (Front surface) LEAD Print lead edge void (DUPLEX) adjustment value (Back surface) LEFT (DUPLEX) Print left edge void adjustment value (Back surface) REAR Print rear edge void (DUPLEX) adjustment value (Back surface) Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Default – 1-3 1 43-57 50 43-57 50 43-57 50 43-57 50 1 66 66-1 Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Purpose Setting Function Used to change and check the FAX-related soft SW. (Purpose) Section FAX Operation/procedure 2 1. Enter the soft SW number to be selected with the 10-key. 50 2. Check and change the setting content of the selected soft SW. 50 3. Press the [START] key to save the set content. 50 The FAX-related soft SW is displayed on the LCD, and changing can be made by monitoring it. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 5 2. Detailed procedure 1 1 "55H" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the address data are read in sequence to check that they were properly written. "AAH" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the address data are read in sequence to check that they were properly written. "00H" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the address data are read in sequence to check that they were properly written. Perform checks 1 - 3 sequentially. If there is no abnormality, it is "OK." If there is any abnormality, "NG" is notified to the error address. After completion of check, the memory is returned to the initial state. (CPU is not reset) 2 3 66-2 Purpose Adjustment Function Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW. (Except for the (Purpose) FAX adjustment values) Section FAX Operation/procedure 1. Enter the country code with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. 2. When "1: (YES)" is selected, the soft SW corresponding to the country code is cleared. When "2: (NO)" is selected, the simulation is canceled. Country code Japan : 00000000 U.S.A. : 10110101 Australia : 00001001 U.K : 10110100 France : 00111101 Germany : 00000100 Sweden : 10100101 New Zealand : 01111110 China : 00100110 Singapore : 10011100 TW : 11111110 Other 1 : 11111101 Other 2 : 11111100 Other 3 : 11111011 4 5 Interruption cannot be made during operation. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 1 66-4 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation test/check Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.) FAX Operation Operation/procedure Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The signal is sent to the line and the machine speaker. (Sending the signal is continued until the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed.) The codes other than the above are accepted as Japan. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item 0000100 1 66-3 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation/procedure Operation test/check FAX PWB memory check FAX Operation Press the [START] key. Read/write can be checked for FAX PWB memory. The check result is displayed separately for each memory. 1. Memory to be checked DRAM SRAM Flash ROM Option memory PAGE Program area Memory area SUM check only The memory size follows the automatically detected value. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Send signal NO SIGNAL Signal not sent 33.6 V34 31.2 V34 28.8 V34 26.4 V34 24.0 V34 16.0 V34 19.2 V34 16.8 V34 14.4 V34 12.0 V34 9.6 V34 7.2 V34 4.8 V34 2.4 V34 14.4 V33 12.0 V33 14.4 V17 12.0 V17 9.6 V17 7.2 V17 9.6 V29 7.2 V29 4.8 V27t AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Send level Selection menu None – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Item 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Send signal 2.4 V27t 0.3 FLG CED2100 CNG1100 0.3 V21 ANSam RINGER – 7EH Flag signal Tone signal Pseudo-ringer sound ([ON HOOK] key ON) 32 No MSG Voice message (no sound) Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the sound composition IC volume to 0. 33 No RBT Ring back tone (no sound) Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the G/A volume to 0. 34 DP MAKE Dial pulse (make) Maintain the make state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line. 35 DP BRK Dial pulse (break) Maintain the break state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Send level Selection menu – Yes Yes None None None 1: 0dB 2: Soft SW 1: 0dB 2: Soft SW 1 66-5 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Signal number 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 9.6 V34 7.2 V34 4.8 V34 2.4 V34 14.4 V33 12.0 V33 14.4 V17 12.0 V17 9.6 V17 7.2 V17 9.6 V29 7.2 V29 4.8 V27t 2.4 V27t 0.3 FLG CED2100 CNG1100 0.3 V21 ANSam RINGER Send signal 9.6 V34 7.2 V34 4.8 V34 2.4 V34 14.4 V33 12.0 V33 14.4 V17 12.0 V17 9.6 V17 7.2 V17 9.6 V29 7.2 V29 4.8 V27t 2.4 V27t 7EH Flag signal Tone signal Pseudo-ringer sound ([ON HOOK] key ON) 32 No MSG Voice message (no sound) Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the sound composition IC volume to 0. 33 No RBT Ring back tone (no sound) Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the G/A volume to 0. 34 DP MAKE Dial pulse (make) Maintain the make state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line. 35 DP BRK Dial pulse (break) Maintain the break state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Send level Selection menu – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Yes Yes None None None 1: 0dB 2: Soft SW 1: 0dB 2: Soft SW Operation test/check Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW setting) 1 FAX Operation Operation/procedure Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. By setting the signal number, signals are sent to the line and the machine speaker. (Sending signals is continued until interruption command is made (by pressing [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.) By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed. Signal number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 NO SIGNAL 33.6 V34 31.2 V34 28.8 V34 26.4 V34 24.0 V34 16.0 V34 19.2 V34 16.8 V34 14.4 V34 12.0 V34 Send signal Signal not sent 33.6 V34 31.2 V34 28.8 V34 26.4 V34 24.0 V34 16.0 V34 19.2 V34 16.8 V34 14.4 V34 12.0 V34 Send level Selection menu None – – – – – – – – – – 66-6 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Data output, check Printing the confidential password FAX Data Confidential/Pass code Operation/procedure Press the [START] key. The confidential ID table (confidential BOX numbers, confidential BOX names, and confidential password) is printed. The confidential data of My company mode is printed separately. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 7 66-9 Purpose Operation test/check Function Used to send the voice message. (Signal send level: (Purpose) Set by soft SW.) (Japan only) Section FAX Item Operation Operation/procedure Select the message number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. 66-7 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation/procedure Data output, check Print the screen memory contents FAX Data Image data By setting the message No., the sound message is sent to the line and the speaker of the body. (The message is repeated until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.) By pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed. Press the [START] key. Used to input all image data (including confidential reception data, remote send image, not-sent image) stored in image memory of the FAX section. The output image is remained even after outputting. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 1 66-8 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item 1 2 Item NONE FAX/TEL MSG1 3 FAX/TEL MSG2 4 FAX/TEL MSG3 5 CHANGED RX MSG 6 7 RINGER EXT.TEL RINGER Voice message Silent "Hold the line a minute, please send fax." (TEL/FAX voice response) "Hold the line a minute." (TEL/FAX voice response) "Not around here, please send fax." (TEL/FAX voice response) "Ding Dong" (Sound delivered when switching to remote reception) Call sound External telephone call Message No. 5 can be heard by an external telephone speaker. Operation test/check Voice Message send (Signal send level: Max.) (Japan only) FAX Operation Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 2 Operation/procedure Select the message number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. By setting the message No., the sound message is sent to the line and the speaker of the body. (The message is repeated until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.) By pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed. Voice message Silent "Hold the line a minute, please send fax." (TEL/FAX voice response) 3 FAX/TEL MSG2 "Hold the line a minute." (TEL/FAX voice response) 4 FAX/TEL MSG3 "Not around here, please send fax." (TEL/FAX voice response) 5 CHANGED RX MSG "Ding Dong" (Sound delivered when switching to remote reception) 6 RINGER Call sound 7 EXT.TEL RINGER External telephone call Message No. 5 can be heard by an external telephone speaker. 1 2 Item NONE FAX/TEL MSG1 66-10 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Adjustment/Setting/Check Image data memory clear FAX Data Image data Operation/procedure Select "1: YES" with the 10-key and press the [START] key. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.) Used to clear all image data (including confidential reception data) stored in image memory of the FAX section. The management table is also cleared (initialized) at the same time. * lIf there is any print data, the power must be turned off after clearing. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 2 AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 8 1 66-11 Purpose Operation test/check Function Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level: (Purpose) Max.) Section FAX Item Operation Operation/procedure 1 Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. By setting the signal number, the specified signal is delivered to the line at the speed of 300bps. (The signal is continuously sent until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.) The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set value. The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode. By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed. 1 2 3 4 5 6 66-13 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation/procedure Setting Used to register the dial numbers. FAX Operation Enter the number with the 10-key, [*] key, and [#] key. Press the [CLEAR] key to return to the initial state. Press the [START] key to register the entered number. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Item NO SIGNAL 11111 11110 00000 010101 00001 Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-14 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item 1 Operation check/test Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test) FAX Operation Operation/Procedure 66-12 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item 1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. Operation test/check Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level: Set by soft SW) FAX Operation Operation/procedure Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. 2. Set the make time with the 10-key. The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms. The sending dial cannot be interrupted. 0 1 Item EXECUTE MAKE TIME Content Execution Dial pulse make time setting Setting range – 0-15 Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. By setting the signal number, the specified signal is delivered to the line at the speed of 300bps. (The signal is continuously sent until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.) 1 The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set value. The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode. By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Item NO SIGNAL 11111 11110 00000 010101 00001 Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-15 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation check/test Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test) FAX Operation Operation/Procedure 1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. 2. Set the make time with the 10-key. The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms. The sending dial cannot be interrupted. 0 1 Item EXECUTE MAKE TIME Content Execution Dial pulse make time setting Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 9 Setting range – 0-15 Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 1 66-16 Purpose Operation check/test Function Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send test) (Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation Operation/Procedure 66-19 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Back up Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM. FAX Data 1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. Operation/Procedure 2. Enter the set value with the 10-key. Select "1: YES" with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The data are backed up. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.) The sending dial cannot be interrupted. Item Content 0 EXECUTE 1 HIGH (SW) 2 HIGH-LOW (SW) 3. Select the soft SW reflection. 1 2 Item NO STORE TO SW STORE TO SW Setting range – 0-15 0-15 Execution High group High group, Low group Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Content Not reflected. Reflected. (Shift SW value changed.) Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-20 1 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Back up Used to write the Flash ROM data to the SRAM. FAX Data Operation/Procedure 66-17 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item * The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is executed, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data cannot be used in the AR-FX5. Operation check/test Used to check the DTFM signal send operation. (Signal send level: Max.) FAX Operation Operation/procedure Select "1: YES" with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The Flash ROM data are read out and written into the SRAM. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.) * The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is executed, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data cannot be used in the AR-FX5. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START] key. When the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed during execution, the simulation is terminated. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-21 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Check FAX information print FAX Data Operation/procedure 66-18 1. Select the item to be printed. Purpose Operation check/test Function Used to check the DTFM signal send operation. (Purpose) (Signal send level: Set by soft SW.) Section FAX Item Operation Operation/Procedure Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START] key. 2. Press the [START] key. The information of the selected item is printed. 1 2 3 Item USER SW.LIST SOFT SW.LIST SYSTEM ERROR When the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed during execution, the simulation is terminated. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 10 Content User setting list Soft SW list System error list Used to print the system error log (error number and time). Content Protocol error list Regardless of soft SW38-1 status, the protocol monitor of the preceding communication is printed. (Printing is allowed at any time before starting the next communication.) For this operation, the protocol monitor of one communication is always buffered. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 4 Item PROTOCOL 66-30 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation/procedure When the relay state of the polarity reverse relay, the handset hook switch, or the external telephone hook switch is changed, the content of change is displayed regardless of the soft SW setup (real time). The display of change is kept until an interruption command is supplied by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key. Item HS2 HS1 RHS EXHS Notification contents Signal low Signal high ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-22 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation test/check Used to set the TEL/LIU. FAX Operation Setting Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only) FAX Operation Operation/procedure 1. Select the set volume. (Max., Middle, Min.) 66-31 2. Press the [START] key. Switch of 1, 2, and 3 can be made during execution of the simulation. During execution of the simulation, sounds are generated. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Setting Used to set the TEL/LIU. FAX Operation Operation/Procedure 1. Enter the set value. (Valid only 0 to 8) 2. The entered bit is alternatively switched between "0" and 1" and the target signal name is highlighted. 3. Press the [START] key to send the signal. When the [CUSTUM SETTINGS] key is pressed, the output is terminated. 66-24 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Data clear Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only) FAX Data Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 1 2 3 4 5 00001 Initializing Operation/procedure Select "1: YES" with the 10-key and press the [START] key. The FAST storage data are cleared. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.) Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-32 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation test/check Receive data check FAX Operation Operation/procedure The fixed data received from the line are checked and the result is displayed. When data are coincident, "OK" is displayed. When not, "NG" is displayed. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 11 1. Sound kinds pattern 66-33 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation/Procedure Sound kinds (Test sound) RINGER Call sound LINE MONITO Line monitor sound (Test sound: communication signal sound) ON HOOK On-hook (Test sound, communication signal sound) SCAN FINISH Scan finish sound TX/RX FINISH Communication finish sound DTMF DTFM send sound Operation test/check Signal detection check FAX Operation Signal detection is checked and the result is displayed. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. Sound volume set value DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. LAR: (MED. Value + 1) MED: (SMA value +1) - (LAR value - 1) SMA: 1 - (MED. Value + 1) 2. Sound volume pattern Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-34 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Item Operation test/check Communication time measurement display FAX Operation 1 Operation/procedure The send/receive test is performed, and the time required for send/ receive of the image data in the test is measured and displayed. Setup on the user side when executing communication Measuring range Send Receive Mode when measuring How to check the time Measuring unit Communication : Memory send means : Normal Character Picture quality : Lighter Density : ON ECM : OFF Sender information From flag reception before sending of image data until sending of RCP frame From flag reception before reception of image data until reception of RCP frame Used to make communication not in a simulation process but in the normal screen and measure the time. Enter the simulation for communication time check and check the time. msec 66-41 Purpose Function (Purpose) Operation/procedure When the [START] key is pressed, the call signal from CI pin is detected to deliver the call sound to the line and the speaker. The volume of call sound follows the soft SW. Signal detection and delivery of pseudo-call sound at detection are executed until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. When there are two or more send/receive operations of image data in one communication, only the time of the last send/receive data near the end is measured. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed. 66-37 Purpose Function (Purpose) Section Adjustment/Setting/Check CI signal check Adjustment/Setting/Check Speaker sound volume adjustment FAX Operation/procedure The following test sound is delivered to the line and the speaker to adjust the sound kind and volume. The send level to the line is the set value of soft SW. The set values of the selected sound kind and volume are written to each soft SW. AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 12 [7] SOFT SWITCH 1. FAX soft switch setting change quick reference table Large item Dialing Middle item Remote machine call disable Switch content Pause time Dial call signal DTMF-related item Key operator Default setting Default setting None None None Signal detection Redial In case of an error In case of an error When busy When busy Arrival (Call-in) When CI detection disable External telephone Setting of an external telephone connected Remote switch number Remote switch setting Communication General SG3 Transmission G3/SG3 Pulse (10PPS) Busy tone detection Busy tone detection Dial tone detection Resend interval None None None None Transmitter function setting Number of times of resend Transmitter function setting Resend interval Transmitter function setting Number of times of resend Transmitter function setting CI detection None CI signal OFF detection time None Yes/No Default setting SW 13-5 – 8 SW 86-2, 3 SW 87-1 – 7 SW 41-1 No call-in No call-in When an external telephone is connected Default setting SW 7-1 – 8 When remote switch is erroneously detected Yes/No None SW 6-8 When remote switch is erroneously detected Send level None SW 15-4 – 8 JBIG mode V34 mode function setup None None SW 17-4, 8 SW 43-1 V34 symbol rate None SW43-4 – 6 DIS reception check One-touch/ Reduction, etc. None SW 69-8 When the remote machine cannot receive signals in a proper level. When an error occurs in the JBIG mode When SG3 communication error occurs frequently When SG3 communication error occurs frequently When an error occurs in phase B V34 send speed SW 16-1 – 4 Setting is made referring to the distance from the station when a communication trouble occurs. When an error occurs in the SG3 communication. When an error occurs in the SG3 communication in FAX service, etc. When an error occurs in the V29 communication To specified/unspecified destination SW 73-1 When judged as “OK” though RTN is received Manual send V34 V29 no modulation carrier None Modem send speed RTN reception error CSI transmission Maximum reception length Proxy reception EQM dispersion inhibit One-touch/ Reduction, etc. None None None None None SG3 V34 reception speed None G3 Countermeasure against echo in reception Modem speed in reception None None SW 16-5, 6 EYE-Q check only None SW 72-7 G3/SG3 Whey busy occurs frequently SW 13-1 – 4 One-touch/ Reduction, etc. None G3 Reception SW 14-1 – 4 Entry of a 2-digit number Line equalizer SG3 Soft SW No. Usage SW 28-1 – 4 When dialing disable/when error dialing SW 22-5, 6 When dialing disable SW 64-4 – 8 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch exchange/Fax service, etc.) SW 65-5 – 8 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch exchange/Fax service, etc.) SW 26-1 – 5 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch exchange/Fax service, etc.) SW 25-1 – 4 When pulse dialing disable SW 21-2 When busy tone detection disable SW 51-1 – 2 When busy tone error is detected SW 21-1 SW 14-5 – 8 When send errors occur frequently SW 42-8 When a document of 1m or longer is received When a lot of errors occur due to the poor conditions of the line. When fall-down occurs frequently in the SG3 communication When an error occurs in phase B in reception AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 1 When the line quality is poor and a fall-back or an error occurs Change in the detection method of training error Large item Middle item Reception print Paper selection Index Switch content Key operator Judgment of sub scan length None Output condition setup Reception function setup Automatic reduction print Reception function setup Magnification ratio in None automatic reduction Rotation reception print None Reception size setup Reception function setup Index print setup Reception function setup Soft SW No. Usage When printing is not made on desired paper When divided print instead of reduction print is required When reduction print is not made When reduction print is not made on a fixed size paper When rotation print is not made The reception capacity is displayed on the transmitter. When an index is attached to the reception data SW 40-4 2. Soft SW list ∗ When a value outside the set range is inputted, the default is automatically set. ∗ Never change the switch whose item is specified as inhibition. SW Data Items No. No. 1 Country information 2 3 S 4 W 5 1 6 7 8 1 SIM language information S W 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 S W 3 5 Language information SW selection and functions Binary input Binary input Sharp machine mode Sharp machine mode (F code) FAST mode (Canada: Inhibited to use) Center No. in FAST mode (Canada: Inhibited to use) Maintenance cycle (Canada: Inhibited to use) 4 Bit No. Japanese English 1 0 0 Bit No. 3 4 5 6 1: English 5 6 7 8 U.S.A. Canada 2 0 1 English 7 1: ON 1: ON 0: OFF 0: OFF 1: Yes 0: No 1: Host-Tel-No. 0: Service-No. Bit No. 75K 50K 25K 20K 10K 5K Free except for the above. 7 S W 4 1 2 3 U.S.A. Canada Maintenance system Inhibited to use RingBackTone pre-send times 1: DM Binary input 5 0 0 0 1 1 1 6 0 1 1 0 0 1 7 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 ON OFF 0 No 0 Service-No. 0 8 Determine the proper character according to the country information. Functions in FAST 0 operation. 75K 0 1 0: AR Bit No. Setting range Remarks 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 English 6 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bit No. Default value 5 6 7 8 0 to 15 times 0 fixed AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 2 AR 0 time 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 fixed 0 0 0 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Initialization control inside program S W 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 For FAX debug Flash memory check measuring range ICU UART1 output 24V reset wait time Auto/Manual default setup SW selection and functions Default value 1: The all soft switches are initialized. 0: Does nothing. 1: Debug mode ON 1: All areas 0: Debug mode OFF 0: 256byte 1: Not output Binary input Bit No. Setting range 0: Output 5 6 7 8 0 to 750ms 1: Manual reception 0: Automatic reception Used to restrict initialization inside Does nothing. 0 the program. (Use inhibited) Debug mode OFF 0 256byte 0 Not output 1 1 0 1 0 500ms Automatic reception 2 3 S W 6 4 5 6 7 8 S W 7 Inhibited to use Size specification 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Inhibited to use Memory transmission/ direction transmission default setup Quick memory transmission Remote reception instruction Remote selection number setup Image quality priority selection 2 3 S W 8 4 5 6 7 8 Density default setup Bit No. Centimeter size Inch size Follows the machine information. Follows the machine information. 3 0 1 0 4 0 0 1 1 1 Remarks Follows the machine information. Manual receive setting is enabled 0 only when an external telephone is connected. 0 When setting is 0 made to follow the machine information, if the machine information is incomplete, the 1 paper size is set to the centimeter size. 0 1: Direct transmission 0: Memory transmission 1: Allowed 1: Yes 0: Inhibited 0: No Binary input Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 0 to 9 times Bit No. Standard Fine Super fine Ultra fine Not used Fine Super fine + half tone Ultra fine + half tone Bit No. Automatic Light Slightly light Middle Slightly dark Dark 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 3 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 5 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 6 0 0 0 1 0 0 5 6 7 Memory transmission 0 Allowed 1 Yes 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 8 0 Standard 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 1 AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 3 0 Automatic 0 0 0 0 When a value outside the setting value range is inputted, the initial value is set. SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 4 S 5 W 6 9 7 8 1 2 3 S W 10 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 S W 11 5 Items 0: No 0: Inhibited 0: Inhibited Yes Allowed Allowed Cover function default setup Specified number receive reject Specified number receive reject I manual receive F-code relay broadcast function F-code confidential reception Yes/No of SUB capacity in reception Yes/No of SEP capacity in reception Yes/No of reception PWD capacity Yes/No of SID capacity in reception Judgment of the system number of bulletin board transmission Send request protection Department management Inhibited to use Sender’s telephone number registration Yes/No of manual send selection menu display Distinctive ringing 1: Yes 1: Reject 0: No 0: Not reject No 1 1 1 0 0 0 Not reject 0 1: Reject 0: Not reject Reject 1 1: Inhibited 0: Allowed Allowed 0 1: Inhibited 0: Allowed Allowed 0 1: No 0: Yes Yes 0 1: Inhibited 0: Allowed Allowed 0 1: Inhibited 0: Allowed Allowed 0 1: Inhibited 0: Allowed Allowed 0 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Inhibited 0 Protected Inhibited 0 0 0 Yes 0 Displayed 1 8 S W 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Remarks 1: Yes 1: Allowed 1: Allowed 7 S W 12 Default value Proxy reception Transfer function Relay broadcast function Inhibited to use 6 1 SW selection and functions Direct send recall Allow/ Inhibit Inhibited to use Remote selection models Recall times in busy Recall interval in busy 1: Not protected 1: Allowed 0: Protected 0: Inhibited 1: No 0: Yes 1: Displayed 0: Not displayed Bit No. OFF Standard/ON Pattern1 Pattern2 Pattern3 Pattern4 Pattern5 1: Allowed 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0: Inhibited 1: Both call-in and call-out Binary input Bit No. Setting range Binary input Bit No. Setting range 0: Call-in only 1 2 3 4 0 to 14 times 5 6 7 8 1 to 15 min AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 4 0 0 OFF 0 0 Allowed Call-in only 2 times 3 min 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 When the value is outside the setting range, the initial value is set. When the value is outside the setting range, the initial value is set. SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 14 6 7 8 S W 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Items SW selection and functions Recall number in case of a transmission error Binary input Recall interval in communication error Binary input Signal send level Binary input Modem speed (V.33 mode or less) 3 4 5 Modem speed in reception fixed S W 18 S W 19 7 8 1 2 EOL detection timer RTN EOL send times Inhibited to use MH fixed (except for SG3) 3 ECM MMR mode (except 1: Yes for SG3) ECM JBIG mode (except for 1: Yes SG3) Inhibited to use MH fixed (SG3) 1: Yes 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bit No. Setting range 5 6 7 8 0 to 15 min 0: Recall immediately after cutting the line Bit No. Setting range 4 5 6 7 8 0 (0dBm) to 26 (–26dBm) Bit No. V.27 2400bps V.29 9600bps V.27 4800bps V.29 7200bps V.33 14.4kbps V.33 12.0kbps V.17 9600bps V.17 12.0kbps V.17 7200bps V.17 14.4kbps 1 2 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Other than the above 5 6 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0: 13sec 0: 12 times Bit No. No fixing V.29-9600BPS V.27ter-4800BPS V.17-14400BPS 6 S W 17 1 2 3 4 0 to 1 times 1 times 1 min 1: 25sec 1: 6 times 1: Yes ECM MMR mode (SG3) 1: Yes ECM JBIG mode (SG3) 1: Yes Setup of number of times of Binary call rings input 0: None (depending on the remote machine) 0: No 0: No –11dBm Binary input 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 V.17 14.4kbps 0 0 0 No fixing 0 13sec 6 times 0 1 0 No 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 0 0: None (depending on the remote machine) 0: No 0: No No 0 Yes Yes 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 0 to 9 times 2 times Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 0 (525ms) to 15 (900ms) X (ms) = (N × 25) + 525 750ms Inhibited to use Minimum pause time (10PPS) setup Remarks 1 Inhibited to use 2 S W 16 Bit No. Setting range Default value Inhibited to use AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 5 When the value is outside the setting range, the initial value is set. When the value is outside the setting range, the initial value is set. SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 4 5 S 6 W 20 Items S W 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 SIM DTMF sound speaker selection window Flash send wait time Receivable memory capacity Dial tone detection Busy tone detection Dial tone monitoring time CED detection time Inhibited to use S W 22 1: Yes 0: No Bit No. 0sec 0.5sec 1sec 2sec 1: 64Kbyte 6 0 0 1 1 0: 7 0 1 0 1 128Kbyte 1: 1: 1: 1: 0: 0: 0: 0: No No 5sec 1000ms 1: ON 1: 10-N 1 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 1 5 0 0 1 0: 0: 2 0 1 0 1 4 0 1 0 6 0 1 0 OFF Normal (N) 1: Yes 0: No Yes Yes 10sec 500ms Waiting time for dial start Bit No. 3.5sec 4sec 5sec 6sec Bit No. 0.5sec 1.0sec 1.5sec Bit No. 10PPS 20PPS TONE CNG send start time 4 5 Tone/pulse default setup 6 7 8 1 2 S W 23 S W 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DPMUTE control DP dial pulse number process Inhibited to use Monitoring polarity reversion during send image Monitoring polarity reversion during communication Setting of time before dial (10PPS) Remarks 0 0 0 0 2 3 Default value Inhibited to use 7 8 SW selection and functions No 0 0 fixed 0 0sec 0 128Kbyte 0 No Yes 5sec 1000ms 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.5sec 0 0 0.5sec 0 1 TONE 0 OFF 0 Normal (N) 0 0 1: Yes Binary input Fixed to NONE. No 0 No 0 0: No Fixed to NONE. Bit No. Setting range 4 5 6 7 8 0 (50ms) to 31 (360ms) X (ms) = (N × 10) + 50 60ms Bit No. Setting range 5 6 7 8 0 (50ms) to 15 (200ms) X (ms) = (N x 10) + 50 100ms Inhibited to use Waiting time for OFF HOOK Binary input AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 6 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 25 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 26 6 7 8 S W 27 S W 28 Items Make time (10PPS) setup SW selection and functions Binary input DTMF signal send time Minimum pause time (DTMF) setup Binary input Binary input Inhibited to use Setting of time before dial (DTMF) Binary input 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 Setting of DPMUTE OFF time after dial Binary input Pause time setup Binary input Flash send time 6 Line open delay time in dial test 8 1 2 3 S W 29 S W 30 4 Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 26 to 41ms by increment of 1ms 40ms Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 5 6 (60ms) to 31 (310ms) X (ms) = (N × 10) 110ms Bit No. Setting range 6 7 8 0 (90ms) to 7 (160ms) X (ms) = (N × 10) + 90 Inhibited to use 1 2 3 4 7 Default value Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 0 (30ms) to 7 (100ms) X (ms) = (N × 10) + 30 Bit No. Setting range 5 6 7 8 0 (5ms) to 15 (80ms) X (ms) = (N × 5) + 5 Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 1 to 15sec Bit No. 90ms 180ms 270ms 360ms Bit No. 2sec 3sec 4sec 5sec 5 0 0 1 1 7 0 0 1 1 0: Communication record 1: Yes table automatic print Time specification of 1: Allowed communication record table Sequence of year, month, Bit No. and day on the LCD, the Year, month, day report, and the sender’s Month, day, year record Day, month, year 5 6 7 8 Call time setup in automatic transmission (T0 timer setup) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Inhibited to use Time specification print (o’clock) on the communication record table Binary input Binary input 6 0 1 0 1 8 0 1 0 1 No 0: Inhibited 3 0 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 5 6 7 8 30 to 75sec by increment of 5sec Bit No. Setting range 4 5 6 7 8 00 to 23 o’clock 120ms Remarks 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 50ms 0 0 1 0 5ms 2sec 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 fixed 0 90ms 0 0 2sec 0 No 0 Inhibited 0 Month, day, year 45sec 0 o’clock When the value is 0 outside the setting range, the initial value is set. 1 0 When the value is 0 outside the setting 1 range, the initial value is set. 1 (Menu setting in the unit of 15sec) 0 0 0 0 When the value is 0 outside the setting 0 range, the initial 0 value is set. 0 AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 7 When the value is outside the setting range, the initial value is set. SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 31 6 7 8 1 Items SW selection and functions Inhibited to use Time specification print (minute) on the communication record table Binary input 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 S W 33 6 7 8 Bit No. Setting range 3 4 5 6 7 00 to 59 min 8 0 min Default telephone book setup Bit No. Basic screen Destination list (50-character kana syllabary Destination list (user) 2 S W 32 Default value Next address key input in broadcast One-touch dial display number switch 1: Yes 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 When the value is outside the setting range, the initial value is set. 0 Basic screen 0 1 0 0: No Bit No. 6 items 8 items 12 items Shift of the power OFF state 1: Allowed in shut off Time indication format 1: AM/PM Priority in the day of week 1: Yes Inhibited to use Report output on less than 1: Reduction as A4 (LTR) A4 (LTR) images Inhibited to use Contents of send document Bit No. are printed in memory send Not print error Print all When transmission is failed Transmission document 1: Not print content print in F code transmission Function to attach images 1: Yes to the report table of memory confidential send Total communication time 1: Yes and total number of pages print on communication record table Remarks 4 0 0 1 0: 5 0 1 0 Inhibited 0: 24H 0: No 0: Reduction by the record volume No 0 0 8 items 1 Allowed 1 AM/PM No 1 0 0 Reduction by the record volume 0 0 4 0 0 1 5 0 1 0 When transmission is failed 0: Print Not print 1 0 SW33-4 – 5 must be 1 set to output. 0: No No 0 Yes 1 0: No AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 8 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Report output (in reception) SW selection and functions Bit No. Print is inhibited. Print all Only in case of an error Bit No. Print is inhibited. Print all Only when transmission is failed 2 3 Report output (in transmission) 4 S W 34 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 S W 35 S W 36 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Communication report 1: Print output (in confidential reception) Report output (In broadcast, Bit No. sequential send request, Print is inhibited. and relay broadcast) Print all Only the address to which transmission is failed Report output when 1: Output canceling Automatic reduction print 1: Allowed Paper selection priority 1: Width priority Output condition setup Bit No. Reduction allowed AB Division allowed A Automatic reduction rate Binary setup input Bit No. Setting range Waiting time for PC-FAX job end 3 S W 37 4 5 6 7 8 Bit No. Setting range 2 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 4 0 1 0 Waiting time for lift-up Thin paper setup Specification of 1m scan when there is no line send setting Rotation send selection (A4 → A4R) Rotation transmission selection (B5R → B5) Rotation transmission selection (A5R → A5) Rotation transmission selection (11 x 8.5 → 8.5 x 11) Inhibited to use Rotation scan word calculation Bit No. 30sec 15sec 60sec 120sec 1: Allowed 1: Specification of 1m scan Remarks 0 Print is inhibited. 0 1 Only when transmission is failed 0 Print 1 0: Not print 6 0 0 1 7 0 1 0 0: Not output 0: 0: 3 0 0 1 1 Inhibited Area priority 4 0 1 0 1 5 6 7 8 0 to 15% 1 2 3 4 0 (32min) to 15 (2 min) 0 Print all 1 Not output 0 Allowed Area priority 1 0 When the value is 0 outside the setting range, the initial Reduction allowed value is set. 0 6% 2 min Inhibited to use 8 1 2 Binary input 1 0 0 1 Default value 7 0 0 1 1 0: 0: 8 0 1 0 1 Inhibited Normal operation 1: Yes 0: No 1: Yes 0: No 1: Yes 0: No 1: Yes 0: No 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 30sec 0 Inhibited 0 Normal operation 0 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 1 1: Round up 0: Round down AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 9 Round down 0 SW Data Items SW selection and functions Default value No. No. 1 Protocol monitor 1: Yes 0: No No 2 Output only in case of an 1: Yes 0: No No error of the protocol monitor 3 Protocol monitor save 1: Save 0: Void Save 4 Line sound monitor range Bit No. 4 5 OFF 0 0 S Until NSF signal is 0 1 Until NSF signal is W sent/received sent/received 38 5 All 1 0 1 1 6 Line monitor display 1: Yes 0: No No 7 Inhibited to use 8 1 Received document output 1: Output collectively after 0: Output for every reception Output for every setting in reception completion of reception. of 1 page reception of 1 page 2 Specification of data output 1: Not output 0: Output in case of a communication Output error in reception 3 Memory over during 1: Output 0: Not output Output reception S 4 Output method in A3 width 1:297mm width 0:11 inch width W 297mm width reception(AB series) 39 5 Output method in A4 width 1:8.5 inch width print 0:210mm width print 210mm width print reception(AB series) 6 Output method in A3 width 1: 297mm width 0:11 inch width 11 inch width reception(Inch series) 7 Output method in A4 width 1:8.5 inch width print 0:210mm width print 8.5 inch width print reception(Inch series) 8 Relay data output 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 Rotation print 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Allowed 2 Override print setup 1: Override print 0: No override print Override print 3 Page number print setup 1: Yes 0: No Yes 4 Index print setup 1: Print 0: Not print Not print S 5 Duplex rotation print 1: Yes 0: No Yes W 6 Reception data duplex print 1: Yes 0: No No 40 7 Specification of print 1: Print order (214365...) 0: Reception order Print order sequence in duplex print (123456...) (214365...) 8 Specification of rotating 1: 180° rotation 0: No 180° rotation direction duplex back 180° rotation surface print 1 External telephone 1: Yes 0: No Yes connection 2 Inhibited to use 3 S 4 W 41 5 Interval from completion of Binary a transmission to the next input Bit No. 5 6 7 8 6 1sec call-out Setting range 0 to 15sec 7 8 AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 10 Remarks 0 0 1 When the value is outside the setting 0 range, the initial value is set. 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Communication end buzzer sound length 2 SW selection and functions Binary input Bit No. Setting range S W 42 4 1: ON 1: ON 1: Super G3 enabled 0: OFF 0: Super G3 disabled Transmission end sound tone Bit No. 550Hz 1000Hz 1700Hz Bit No. 550Hz 1000Hz 1700Hz 5 6 Reception end sound tone 7 8 1 2 3 4 S W 43 V.34 mode function in manual communication V.34 mode function Super G3 disabled in the last call-out of recall in case of an error V.34 primary channel return mode Symbol speed mask in V.34 reception 5 6 7 8 S W 44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 V.34 control channel communication speed Control channel retrain judgment in V.34 reception V.34 primary channel transmission speed 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 1000Hz 1 Bit No. 2400 2743 2800 3000 3200 3429 1: 2400bps 4 0 0 0 0 1 1 0: 1: Ignore EQM value 0: Judge EQM value Binary input Binary input Speaker volume at scanner scan end Binary input ON 1 ON 1 Bit No. Bit No. 1 PPh 5 6 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1200bps 2 3 4 However, N is 0 = 2400bps, 15 = 33600bps 5 6 7 8 However, N is 0 = 2400bps, 15 = 33600bps Bit No. Silent Small Middle Large 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pattern No.: 1 to 35 Speaker volume in DTFM send Pattern number in DTMF send Binary input Bit No. Silent Small Middle Large 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pattern No.: 1 to 35 3429 0 1 1200bps 0 Judge EQM value 0 33600bps 33600bps 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 Middle 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Middle 0 21 AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 11 1 1 21 2 S W 46 0 1000Hz 0: Sh Transmission speed = 2400 (bps) × N Pattern number in scanning 1 1 1: PPh 2 S W 45 3.0sec Super G3 disabled 0 Transmission speed = 2400 (bps) × N V.34 primary channel reception speed Remarks 0 1 2 3 1: 2.0sec 2: 2.5sec 3: 3.0sec 4: 3.5sec 5: 4.0sec 4 5 0 0 0 1 1 0 6 7 0 0 0 1 1 0 0: OFF 3 Default value 0 1 0 1 0 1 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Volume of line monitor from speaker SW selection and functions 2 S W 47 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Line monitor pattern number Binary input 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Volume of communication end sound Pattern number of communication end sound Binary input 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 On-hook speaker volume On-hook pattern number Binary input 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Call sound volume Ringing pattern number Binary input 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pattern No.: 1 to 35 1 0 Bit No. Silent Small Middle Large 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pattern No.: 1 to 35 Bit No. Middle Small Middle Large 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pattern No.: 1 to 35 Bit No. Silent Small Middle Large 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pattern No.: 1 to 35 Busy tone detection cycle Bit No. 2puls 4puls 6puls 10puls Busy tone detection time (Upper limit) Busy tone detection time (Lower limit) Busy tone detection time (Lower limit 2) Inhibited to use 1: 650ms 1 0 0 1 1 0: 2 0 1 0 1 750ms 1: 350ms 0: 250ms 1: 150ms 0: Follows SW51-4. SDT signal detection 1: Yes 0: No AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 12 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Middle 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Middle 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Middle 0 21 2 S W 51 Bit No. Setting range Remarks Middle 21 2 S W 50 2 0 1 0 1 21 2 S W 49 1 0 0 1 1 21 2 S W 48 Bit No. Silent Small Middle Large Default value 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2puls 0 750ms 0 250ms 0 Follows SW51-4. 0 No 1 0 0 SW Data Items No. No. 1 DT/BT detection frequency range 2 S W 52 3 4 Busy tone detection level table Busy tone detection level SW selection and functions Bit No. Modem fixed (400Hz) 420Hz–680HzHz 360Hz–440HzHz 245Hz–650Hz 1: variable (SRAM) 0 1 1 0: 1 0 1 constant (ROM) Bit No. –43dB –35dB –33dB –30dB 4 0 0 1 1 5 0 1 0 1 5 S W 53 S W 54 S W 55 S W 56 S W 57 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 Default value 2 0 0 420Hz–680Hz 1 constant (ROM) 0 0 Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Ring-back tone OFF time Binary input Binary input Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 0 to 3sec by increment of 200ms 0 fixed 5 6 7 8 0 to 3sec by increment of 200ms 0 fixed AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 13 0 –43dB Inhibited to use Ring-back tone ON time Remarks 0sec 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 fixed 0 0 0 0sec 0 0 fixed 0 0 0 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Inhibited to use 2 3 External connection sound volume 4 S W 58 SW selection and functions Binary input Bit No. Setting range 6 7 8 S W 59 Signal send level Max. Binary input Transmission cable amplitude equalizer 6 7 Reception cable amplitude equalizer 8 1 Reception SED ON level 2 S W 60 S W 61 S W 62 S W 63 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Inhibited to use Reception gain adjustment Remarks 0 0 5 1 2 3 4 5 Default value Binary input 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 (0.0dBm) to 48 (–24.0dBm) Step 0.5dBm 49 (–28.0dBm) 50 (–32.0dBm) 51 (–36.0dBm) 52 (–40.0dBm) 53 (–48.0dBm) 54 (–56.0dBm) 55 (–63.0dBm) 56 (– ∞ infinite (mute)) Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 0 (0dBm) to 15 (–15dBm) Bit No. 0dB 4dB 8dB 12dB Bit No. 0dB 4dB 8dB 12dB Bit No. –43dB –38dB –33dB –48dB 5 0 0 1 1 7 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 Bit No. Setting range 6 0 1 0 1 8 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 1 4 5 6 7 8 0 (+6.0dBm) to 24 (–6.0dBm) Step 0.5dBm Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 14 0 1 0 –10.0dBm 1 0 0 –8dBm 1 0 0 0 0 0dB 0 0 0dB 0 1 –48dB 1 0.0dBm 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 64 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 65 6 7 8 1 2 3 S W 66 S W 67 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 S W 68 4 5 6 7 8 Items SW selection and functions Default value Inhibited to use DTMF send level (high level) Maximum DTMF send level DTMF send level (difference between high and low level) Default date, sender print Department number notification Date and sender print position setup Error message display in manual send (For avoiding violation of Patents) Inhibited to use Polarity reversion settlement time After sending CFR, double wait is inhibited for 1.6sec. Measurement of communication time (image) Reduction transmission mode ECM ECM byte/frame Recording paper tray selection (Tray 1) Recording paper tray selection (Tray 2) Recording paper tray selection (Tray 3) Recording paper tray selection (Tray 4) The tray specification of Duplex print (Tray 1) The tray specification of Duplex print (Tray 2) The tray specification of Duplex print (Tray 3) The tray specification of Duplex print (Tray 4) Binary input Binary input Binary input 0 Outside document 0 Inhibited 0 –6dBm Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 0 (0.0dBm) to 15 (–15.0dBm) 0dBm Bit No. Setting range 5 6 7 8 0 (–2.0dBm) to 15 (+5.5dBm) Step 0.5dBm +2.0dBm 1: Inside document 0: Outside document 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Binary input OFF 4 5 6 7 8 0 (0.0dBm) to 21 (–21.0dBm) 0: OFF 0: OFF Binary input ON 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 1: ON 1: ON Bit No. Setting range 6 7 8 200 to 1600ms Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 0 to 3000ms 1: Yes Remarks 200ms 1600ms 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0: No 1: Normal 0: Reduction 1: Yes 1: 64 [bytes/frame] 1: ON 0: No 0: 256 [bytes/frame] 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 15 Yes 1 Reduction 0 Yes 1 256 [bytes/frame] 0 ON 1 ON 1 ON 1 ON 1 ON 1 ON 1 ON 1 ON 1 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Reception size specification (Reception capacity) 2 3 S W 69 4 5 11 inch reception capacity setup Maximum reception length Image quality in transmission request 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 Countermeasures for echo in reception (CED tone send interval) Countermeasure for echo in transmission (After reception of DIS, hold time up to signal send is set.) CED signal send CSI transmission DIS reception check in G3 send DIS process selection in reception 5 S W 70 6 7 S W 71 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DIS 41Bit or later enable/ disable Time between DCS and TCF TCF check time Inhibited to use Telephone line menu Inhibited to use SW selection and functions Bit No. By the equipped cassette B4 (A4, B4) A4 A3 (A4, B4, A3) 1: 255mm or 215mm 0 1 1 0: 1: Unlimited Bit No. Ultra fine Super fine Fine Standard 1: 500ms 0: 5 0 0 1 1 0: 1: 500ms 1: Yes 1: Yes 1: 2 times 1 0 Default value 2 0 Remarks 0 By the equipped cassette 1 0 1 303mm, 255mm or 215mm 303mm, 255mm or 215mm 1.5m 1.5m 6 0 1 Ultra fine 0 1 75ms 75ms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0: 200ms 0: No 0: No 0: 1 time Bit No. Judged as reception of an echo and the command is sent again. Disconnects the line as an illegal DIS When DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission and the other are judged as reception of an echo and the command is sent again. When DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission is made. When DIS judges that the transmitter received an echo, the command is sent again. In the other case, it is judged as improper DIS and the line is disconnected. 1: Void 0: Valid 4 0 0 Yes Yes 1 1 1 time 0 5 0 0 1 1 0 1 200ms 1 0 Judged as reception of an echo and the command is sent again. 0 Valid 0 75ms 1 1 0 0 0 0 Allowed fixed 0 0 1 0 1: 75ms 0: 150ms 1: 1.0sec 0: 1.3sec 1.0sec 1: Inhibited 0: Allowed Allowed AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 16 Functions only when other than SG3. SW Data Items No. No. 1 RCP send times SW selection and functions 2 S W 72 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 The number of the flag detection bytes EYE-Q check Binary input 4 7 Error process in RTN reception RTN send line error rate S W 74 Reception waiting time between frames Minimum flags between frames FSK signal settlement time in double wait Preamble send time of 300bps 8 Phase C head dummy data send time 0: 0 reception & EYE-Q check 0: Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.) 2 0 0 1 1 4 0 0 1 1 0: 3 0 1 0 1 5 0 1 0 1 3.4sec Bit No. 2-flag 3-flag 4-flag 5-flag 7 0 0 1 1 8 0 1 0 1 Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 Settlement time = 50 (ms) x N + 200 (ms) Bit No. 0.5sec 1.0sec 1.5sec 2.0sec Bit No. 0.2sec 0.3sec 0.4sec 0.5sec 5 0 0 1 1 7 0 0 1 1 1: 4.4sec Binary input 2 0 1 0 1 0: Error Bit No. 6 lines 12 lines 60 lines 120 lines Bit No. 6sec 15sec 30sec 120sec Flag-address timer setup (V.21-FSK) 6 7 3 4 5 6 0 to 15 times 1: Not error 8 1 2 3 4 5 Bit No. Setting range Operation when error frame 1: Continues process. is received. 5 6 1 0 0 1 1 1: EYE-Q check only 3 S W 73 Bit No. 3 times 6 times 9 times 12 times 6 0 1 0 1 8 0 1 0 1 AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 17 Default value Remarks 0 3 times 0 4 0 reception & EYE-Q check Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.) Error 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 60 lines 0 0 6sec 0 3.4sec 0 0 2-flag 0 400ms 0 1 0 0 0 1.0sec 1 0 0.2sec 0 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Waiting time for CED send start 2 3 S W 75 CED signal send time 4 5 Waiting time for ANSam send start 6 7 ANSam signal send time 8 S W 76 S W 77 S W 78 S W 79 S W 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SW selection and functions Bit No. 2.25sec 3sec 4sec Bit No. 3sec 4sec 5sec 6sec Bit No. 2.25sec 3sec 4sec Bit No. 3sec 4sec 5sec 6sec 1 0 0 1 3 0 0 1 1 5 0 0 1 7 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 4 0 1 0 1 6 0 1 0 8 0 1 0 1 Inhibited to use Default value Remarks 0 2.25sec 0 0 3sec 0 0 2.25sec 0 0 4sec 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 18 SW Data Items SW selection and functions No. No. 1 Inhibited to use 2 3 S 4 W 5 81 6 7 8 1 CI signal ON time in V.8 1: 18byte 0: 9bytes mode 2 CI signal OFF time in V.8 1: 2sec 0: 1sec mode 3 Inhibited to use 4 CI receive number to shift to Bit No. 4 5 non-V.34 communication S Does not shift. 0 0 W 1 times 0 1 82 5 2 times 1 0 3 times 1 1 6 CI send number to shift to Binary Non-V.34 communication input Bit No. 6 7 8 7 Setting range 0 to 7 times 8 When N=0, retrain is not made. 1 Inhibited to use 2 3 S 4 W 5 83 6 7 8 1 Inhibited to use 2 3 S 4 W 5 84 6 7 8 1 Inhibited to use 2 3 S 4 W 5 85 6 7 8 1 150V ON control 1: Yes 0: No 2 CI detection Bit No. 2 3 4 sine wave 0 0 3 sine wave 1 0 3 2 sine wave 0 1 1 1 S 4 CI delete max. OFF time Bit No. 4 5 W 5sec 0 0 86 10sec 0 1 5 15sec 1 0 20sec 1 1 6 CI signal ON detection Binary enable time input Bit No. 6 7 8 7 Setting range 0 (155ms) to 7 (225ms) 8 by increment of 10ms AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 19 Default value Remarks 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 9byte 0 1sec 0 0 1 2 times 0 0 1 2 0 No 4 sine wave 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 When the value is 0 outside the setting range, the initial value is set. 0 0 10sec 1 155ms 0 PWB for Australia 0 only can be changed. 0 SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 87 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 88 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 89 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 90 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 91 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 92 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 93 6 7 8 Items CI signal OFF detectable time SW selection and functions Binary input Bit No. Setting range 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 to 1270ms by increment of 10ms Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 20 Default value 1200ms Remarks 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 94 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 95 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 96 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 97 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 98 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 99 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 100 6 7 8 Items SW selection and functions Default value Inhibited to use Inhibited to use T1 timer setup Binary input Bit No. Setting range 5 6 7 8 15 to 90sec by increment of 5sec Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 21 40sec Remarks 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 101 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 102 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 103 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 104 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 105 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 106 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 107 6 7 8 Items SW selection and functions Inhibited to use Default value Remarks 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 22 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Inhibited to use 2 3 S 4 W 5 108 6 7 8 1 Print lead edge adjustment (Left edge adjustment) 2 3 4 S W 109 S W 110 S W 111 S W 112 S W 113 S W 114 SW selection and functions 1: – Binary input 5 6 7 8 Print lead edge adjustment (Lead edge adjustment) 1 2 3 4 Print lead edge adjustment (Rear edge adjustment) 5 6 7 8 Print lead edge adjustment (left edge position) rear 1 2 3 4 Print lead edge adjustment (lead edge position) rear 5 6 7 8 Print lead edge adjustment (rear edge position) rear 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 Print magnification ratio adjustment (main scan) 5 6 7 8 Sub scan rear edge image 1: – loss in scan effective image Binary area (OC) input Print magnification radio adjustment (sub scan) Scan effective image area (OC) sub scan lead edge image loss 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 0: + Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots 0: + 6 7 8 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines 0: + 2 3 4 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines 0: + 6 7 8 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots 0: + 2 3 4 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines 0: + 6 7 8 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines 0: + 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% 0: + Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default value + 48 dots Bit No. Setting range 48 lines 0 0 1 1 + 48 lines 0 0 1 1 + 48 dots 0 0 1 1 + 48 lines 0 0 1 1 + 48 lines 0 0 1 1 + 0% + 0% 2 3 4 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines 0: + +0 lines 6 7 8 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines +0 lines AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 23 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 + 0: + Bit No. Setting range Remarks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Scan effective image area (OC) main scan left edge 2 image loss 3 4 S W 115 S W 116 S W 117 SW selection and functions 1: – Binary input 5 6 7 8 Scan effective image area (OC) main scan right edge image loss 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 Scan magnification 1: – adjustment OC (main scan) Binary input 5 6 Sub scan rear edge image 1: – loss in scan effective image Binary area (SPF) input S W 118 Scan magnification ratio adjustment OC (sub scan) Scan effective image area (SPF) sub scan lead edge image loss 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input Default value 0: + Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots 0: + +0 dots 6 7 8 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots 0: + +0 dots 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% 0: + Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines 0: + 0% + 0% +0 lines 6 7 8 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 2 lines 8 S W 119 1: – Binary input 5 6 7 8 Scan effective image area 1: – (SPF) main scan right edge Binary image loss input 0: + Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots 0: + +0 dots 6 7 8 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots +0 dots AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0 lines Scan effective image area (SPF) main scan left edge image loss 0 0 0 0 + 7 1 2 3 4 0 0 0 0 0: + Bit No. Setting range Remarks 0 Since the rear edge of the SPF cannot be specified with 0 coordinates, it is pulled after scanning, Since the set value is not a coordinate 0 value, its unit differs from that of the other set values. The value cannot be increased 0 over the coordinates specified in scanning. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear sub scan lead 2 edge image loss 3 4 5 6 S W 120 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear sub scan rear edge image loss SW selection and functions 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input Default value 0: + Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines 0: + +0 lines 6 7 8 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 2 lines +0 lines 8 S W 121 S W 122 S W 123 S W 124 S W 125 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear main scan left edge image loss 5 6 7 8 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear main scan right edge image loss 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF (main scan) 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input 1: – Binary input Scan magnification ratio 1: – adjustment SPF (sub scan) Binary input Print magnification ratio 1: – adjustment rear (main scan) Binary input Print magnification ratio adjustment rear (sub scan) 1: – Binary input 0: + Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots 0: + +0 dots 6 7 8 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots 0: + +0 dots 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% 0: + Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% 0: + Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% 0: + Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 25 0 0 0 0 7 1 2 3 4 Remarks 0 Since the rear edge of the SPF cannot be specified with 0 coordinates, it is pulled after scanning, Since the set value is not a coordinate 0 value, its unit differs from that of the other set values. The value cannot be increased 0 over the coordinates specified in scanning. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0% + 0% + 0% + 0% 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SW Data No. No. 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 126 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 127 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 128 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 129 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 130 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 131 6 7 8 1 2 3 S 4 W 5 132 6 7 8 Items SW selection and functions Scan magnification ratio 1: – adjustment SPF rear (main Binary scan) input Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF rear (sub scan) 1: – Binary input 0: + Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% 0: + Bit No. Setting range 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use Inhibited to use AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 26 Default value + 0% + 0% Remarks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 SW Data Items No. No. 1 Inhibited to use 2 3 S 4 W 5 133 6 7 8 SW selection and functions Default value Remarks 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 3. Soft switch descriptions SW5 No. 3 Flash memory check measuring range SW1 No.1–No.8 Country information Destination setup Operation check usually can be done by 256-byte check. Setting to 1 will check all areas of the flash memory. Note that it takes about 20 min. SW2 No.1, No.2 SIM language information Default: 0 (256 bytes) SIM language selection SW5 No. 4 ICU UART1 output SW2 No.3–No.8 Language information Used to set whether ICU UART 1 output is made or not. Language selection Default: 1 (Output is not made) SW3 No. 1 Sharp machine mode SW5 No.5–No.8 24V reset wait time Sharp machine mode setup Used to set the 24V reset wait time. Default: 1 (ON) The set range is 0 to 750 by binary input. SW3 No. 2 Sharp machine mode (F code) Default: 500ms Sharp machine mode (F code) setup SW6 No. 1 Auto/Manual default setup Default: 0 (OFF) Used to set Enable/Disable of FAST operation. Used to select Auto/Manual reception mode when turning on the power. (When no external telephone is connected, do not select Manual. However, setup is possible and reception can be made by onhook.) This SW must be set to enable FAST operation by the serviceman. When set to 1, manual reception. Default: 0 (NO) When set to 0, auto reception. SW3 No. 4 Center number in FAST (Canada: Inhibited to use) Default: 0 (Auto reception) Center number setup in FAST SW6 No.3, No.4 Size specification SW3 No. 3 FAST mode (Canada: Inhibited to use) Default: 0 (Service-No.) SW3 No.5–No.7 Maintenance cycle (Canada: Inhibited to use) Setup for judgment of consumable parts notification when using the F.A.S.T. function. This setup should be the same as SIM21-1 setup. SW6 No. 2 Inhibited to use. Used to set inch series or AB series for recording paper when printing received documents. Normally there is no need to change from “Follow the machine information.” Default: 0 1 (follows the machine information) SW6 No. 5 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 0 1 (75K) SW3 No. 8 Maintenance system SW6 No. 6 Memory transmission/direction transmission default setup Setting of the machine model for judgment of consumable parts system in the FAST function Used to select Memory/Direction transmission when the power is turned on and the time out is cleared. Default: 0 (AR) When set to 1, direct transmission is selected when the power is turned on and the time out is cleared. SW4 No.1–4 Inhibited to use. When set to 0, memory transmission is selected when the power is turned on and the time out is cleared. SW4 No.5–No.8 RingBackTone pre-send times Used to set RingBackTone pre-send times. Default: 0 (Memory transmission) Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15 times by binary input. SW6 No. 7 Quick memory transmission Default: 0 time (fixed) Used to set whether the all soft switches are initialized or not. Used to set whether quick memory transmission (transmission of ringing before completion of scanning) is performed or not. Linked with the key operator program menu. When set to 1, the initialization is made. Default: 1 (Allowed) SW5 No. 1 Initialization control inside program When set to 0, No initialization is made. Default: 0 (nothing is made) SW5 No. 2 For FAX debug Used to set ON/OFF of FAX debug mode. When set to 1, debug mode is ON. When set to 0, debug mode is OFF. Default: 0 (Debug mode OFF) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 27 SW6 No. 8 Remote reception instruction SW10 No. 1 F-code relay broadcast function Used to set whether the remove switching function is allowed or not. Used to set whether F code relay broadcast instruction from the other party is received and relay broadcast transmission is performed or F code relay broadcast instruction is not received (though the relay box number by SUB coincides with) from the other party. When set to 1, the function is allowed. When set to 0, the function is not allowed. Default: 1 (Allowed) Though this function is set to disable, F code instruction can be transmitted. SW7 No.1–No.8 Remote selection number setup Used to set the number by binary input for remote switch reception from an external telephone. "**" in a remote switch number (X**) is fixed. When 10 or greater value is entered, the operations will be the same as setup of 5. Default: 5 Default: 0 (Allowed) SW10 No. 2 F-code confidential reception Used to set whether F-code confidential instruction is received or not (though the confidential box number by SUB coincides with) from the other party. SW8 No.1–No.3 Image quality priority selection Though this function is set to disable, F code transmission can be made. Used to set the initial value of image selection when scanning a document. Default: 0 (Allowed) When set to 1 0 0, the same operation as standard mode. SW10 No. 3 Yes/No of SUB capacity in reception Used to set notification of YES/NO of DIS signal Bit 49 SUB capacity. Default: 0 0 0 (standard) "1": No SW8 No.4–No.8 Density default setup "0": Yes Used to set the default density setup of the operation panel. Default: 0 (YES) Default: 0 0 0 0 0 (automatic) If set to “1” (NO), the F code transmission from the other party can be inhibited. SW9 No. 1 Proxy reception When set to “1,” auto reception is accepted under the following conditions and substitution reception is made. SW10 No. 4 Yes/No of SEP capacity in reception (1) No recording paper or jam "1": Inhibited (2) Remaining image memory capacity is 128KB or 64KB or above. "0": Allowed (3) The number of memory reception (max. 50 items) and the number of pages do not exceed the limit. Default: 0 (allowed) When set to 0, the automatic reception is not received when no recording paper or jam. SW10 No. 5 Yes/No of reception PWD capacity Used to set notification of YES/NO of DIS signal Bit 47 SEP capacity. When set to 1 (NO), F code polling is inhibited. Used to set whether password function is judged or not for F code bulletin board polling. Default: 1 (YES) SW9 No. 2 Transfer function "1": Password is not judged. Password is disregarded and communication is allowed. Used to set whether transfer function is allowed or not. Default: 1 (allowed) "0": Password is judged. If password is not acceptable, communication is cut off. SW9 No. 3 Relay broadcast function Used to set whether the interface broadcasting command is received from the other party to perform interface broadcasting or the interface broadcasting command is not received from the other party. When set to 1, the relay broadcast instruction from the allowed party is received. When set to 0, the relay broadcast instruction even from the allowed party is not received. Default: 1 (The relay broadcast instruction is received.) Though this function is set to disable, the interface broadcasting command can be sent. SW9 No. 4 – No.5 Inhibited to use. SW9 No. 6 Cover function default setup Used to set whether the cover is added or not in transmission. When set to 1, the cover is added. When set to 0, the cover is not added. Default: 0 (Password is judged.) SW10 No. 6 Yes/No of SID capacity in reception Used to set whether password is judged or nor in F code reception. "1": Password is not judged. Password is disregarded and communication is allowed. "0": Password is judged. If password is not acceptable, communication is cut off. Default: 0 (Password is judged.) SW10 No. 7 Judgment of the system number of bulletin board transmission Used to set whether the condition of coincidence between the system number of this machine and that of the other party machine is employed as a criterion to judge whether to allow bulletin transmission by receiving polling transmission from the other party machine made by our company. "1": When the system number of the other party machine made by our company coincide with the system number of this machine, polling is allowed. Default: 0 (The cover is not added.) SW9 No. 7 Specified number reception Used to set ON//OFF the function to reject the fax reception from the specified numbers. Default: 0 (Ignore specified number reception) SW9 No. 8 Specified number reception in manual reception "0": Though the system number of the other party machine made by our company coincide with the system number of this machine, polling is inhibited. Default: 0 (Inhibited) Used to set whether reception from manual reception is rejected or not when reception function by specifying the number is ON. Default: 1 (Reject specified number reception) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 28 SW10 No. 8 Send request protection SW14 No.5–No.8 Recall interval in communication error Used to set YES/NO of the confidential protection function (inhibition of transmission to an erroneous party). Confidential protection is performed by collating the number registered in this machine and that in the other party’s machine. (Sender’s telephone number ↔ Send request allow number, System number ↔ ID number) Used to set recall interval after disconnection of communication due to a communication error in memory transmission. When set to 1, protection is not made. When set to 0, protection is made. The set range is 0 to 15 min in the increment of 1 min by binary input. When set to 0, recall is made immediately after disconnection. However, the time interval set by SW41-5–8 (Interval between the end of a communication and the next call) is taken. Default: 1 min Default: 0 (Protection) SW15 No. 1 – No.3 Inhibited to use. SW11 No. 1 Dept. management Used to set Enable/Disable of FAX using dept. management by the use of the dept. management function. When set to 1, the department management function is enabled. When set to 0, the department management function is not used. Default: 0 (Dept. management is disabled) SW15 No.4–No.8 Signal send level Used to set the attenuation quantity of signal send level from the modem. 0 (0dBm) to 26 (–26dBm) Default: –11dBm SW16 No.1–No.4 Modem speed (V.33 mode or less) SW11 No. 2 Inhibited to use. SW11 No. 3 Sender’s telephone number registration Used to set whether the registered sender’s TEL No. can be changed or not. When set to 1, sender’s TEL No. cannot be registered and changed. To prevent sender’s TEL No. from being changed erroneously, this is set to 1. Default: 0 (Enabled) SW11 No. 4 Yes/No of manual send selection menu display Used to set whether the manual transmission selection screen is displayed or not. Default: 1 (displayed) Used to set the speed to start communication. When communication troubles occur frequently, the speed may be reduced to solve the troubles. Default: 1 0 0 0 (V.17 14.4kbps) SW16 No.5, No.6 Modem speed in reception fixed Used to set the start speed of reception procedure when receiving from the other party other than V.34. bit 5 0 0 1 1 6 0 1 0 1 : : : : No fixing V.29-9600BPS V.27ter-4800BPS V.17-14400BPS When set to "no fixing," the operations are the same as V.1714400BPS. SW11 No.5–No.8 Distinctive ringing The above four setups are possible. The reception procedure is started at the set communication speed. The function judges TEL or FAX by CI ringing. Default: 0 0 0 0 (OFF) Default: 0 0 (no fixing) Reception is made at the proper communication speed. SW12 No. 1 Direct send recall Allow/Inhibit Used to set Allow/Inhit of direct send recall. SW16 No. 7 EOL detection timer Default: 1 (allowed) SW12 No.2–No.7 Inhibited to use. Used to set the detection timer of EOL (End Of Life) when Phase-C reception. SW12 No.8 Remote selection models When set to 1, the timer is set to 25sec. Used to set remote selection models. When set to 0, the timer is set to 13sec. Default: 0 (Call-in only) Default: 0 (13 sec) SW13 No.1–No.4 Recall times in busy SW16 No. 8 RTN EOL send times Used to set the number of recall times in case of busy state of the other party or when call does not reach the other party. Used to set the RTN EOL send times. Setup is made in the range of 0 – 14 times by binary input. SW17 No. 1 Inhibited to use. When set to 0, recall is not made. Default: 1 (6 times) SW17 No. 2 MH fixed (except for SG3) Default: 2 times of recall SW13 No.5–No.8 Recall interval in busy Used to set whether the encoding system is fixed to MH or not in a mode other than SG3 communication. Used to set recall interval after disconnection due to the busy state of the other party or no response. When set to 1, the encoding system is fixed to MH. The set range is 1 to 15 min in the increment of 1 min by binary input. When set to 0, it is the same as setup of 3 min. Default: 0 (The encoding system is not fixed to MH.) SW17 No. 3 ECM MMR mode (except for SG3) Default: 3 min SW14 No.1–No.4 Recall number in case of a transmission error Used to set the number of recall times in case of a communication error. Setup is made in the range of 0 – 1 times by binary input. When set to 0, the encoding system is not fixed to MH. Used to set whether MMR encoding system is allowed or inhibited, except for SG3 communication. When set to 1, MMR encoding system is allowed. When set to 0, MMR encoding system is inhibited. Default: 1 (MMR encoding system is allowed) When set to 0, recall is not made. Default: 1 time of recall AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 29 SW17 No. 4 ECM JBIG mode (except for SG3) SW21 No. 1 Dial tone detection Used to set whether JBIG encoding system is allowed or inhibited, except for SG3 communication. Used to set whether dial tone detection is performed or not in auto dial ringing. When set to 1, JBIG encoding system is allowed. "1": Yes When set to 0, JBIG encoding system is inhibited. "0": No Default: 1 (JBIG encoding system is allowed) When set to YES and dial tone is not detected, dial is not performed. SW17 No. 5 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 (NO) SW17 No. 6 MH fixed (SG3) SW21 No. 2 Busy tone detection Used to set whether the encoding system is fixed to MH or not in SG3 communication. Used to set whether busy tone signal is detected or not in ringing. When set to 1, the encoding system is fixed to MH. When set to 0, busy tone is not detected. When set to 0, the encoding system is not fixed to MH. Default: 1 (Busy tone is detected.) Default: 0 (The encoding system is not fixed to MH.) SW21 No. 3 Dial tone monitoring time SW17 No. 7 ECM MMR mode (SG3) Used to set dial tone monitoring time when detecting dial tone. Used to set whether MMR encoding system is allowed or not in SG3 communication. "1": 10sec When set to 1, MMR encoding system is allowed. Default: 0 (5sec) When set to 0, MMR encoding system is inhibited. SW21 No. 4 CED detection time Default: 1 (MMR encoding system is allowed) When set to 1, busy tone is detected. "0": 5sec SW17 No. 8 ECM JBIG mode (SG3) Used to set CED/ANSam signal detection time. When the CED/ ANSam signal is detected for duration of the set time, it is recognized. Used to set whether JBIG encoding system is allowed or not in SG3 communication. When set to 1, if a signal is detected for 500ms or more, it is recognized. When set to 1, JBIG encoding system is allowed. When set to 0, JBIG encoding system is inhibited. When set to 0, if a signal is detected for 1000ms or more, it is recognized. Default: 1 (JBIG encoding system is allowed) Default: 0 (1000ms or more) SW18 No.1–No.4 Setup of number of times of call rings SW21 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set the number of call rings until reception is started in auto reception mode. SW22 No.1, No.2 Waiting time for dial start Setup is in the range of 0 – 9 (times) by binary input. When set to 0, no ring is made. When ringing is made without detecting dial tone, ringing is made after setting this time. Default: 2 times When set to 0 0, ringing is made after 3.5sec. SW18 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use. When set to 0 1, ringing is made after 4sec. SW19 No.1–No.4 Minimum pause time (10PPS) setup Used to set the minimum pause time (10PPS). Setup is made in the range of 0 (525ms) – 15 (900ms) by binary input of N in "X (ms) = (N × 25) + 525". Used to set wait time from connection of the line to start of dial ringing. When set to 1 0, ringing is made after 5sec. When set to 1 1, ringing is made after 6sec. Default: 3.5sec. SW22 No.3, No.4 CNG send start time Default: 750ms Used to set the CNG send start time. SW19 No. 5–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 0 (0.5 sec) SW22 No.5, No.6 Tone/pulse default setup SW20 No. 1–No.4 Inhibited to use. SW20 No. 5 SIM DTMF sound speaker selection window Used to set YES/NO of SIM DTMF sound speaker selection screen. Default: 0 (NO) Use line setting (Dial setting) Selection of 10PPS, 20PPS, and TONE is available. The setup items are as follows: bit SW20 No.6, No.7 Flash send wait time Used to set wait time from off-hook status to Flash signal transmission in the register recall function. 5 0 0 1 6 0 1 0 : 10PPS : 20PPS : TONE Default: 0 0 (0sec) (fixed) Default: 1 0 (Tone) SW20 No. 8 Receivable memory capacity SW22 No. 7 DPMUTE control Used to set the remaining memory capacity for acceptance of call. Used to set whether DPMUTE control is used or not. When set to 1, ringing is made until the remaining memory capacity is 64KB or less. 1: ON When set to 0, ringing is made until the remaining memory capacity is 128KB or less. Default: 0 (OFF) Default: 0 (Ringing is made until the remaining is 128KB or less.) 0: OFF SW22 No. 8 DP dial pulse number process Used to set the process of the number of DP dialing pulse. 1: 10-N 0: Normal (N) Default: 0 (Normal N) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 30 SW23 No.1 Inhibited to use. SW27 No.5–No.8 Setting of DPMUTE OFF time after dial SW23 No. 2 Monitoring polarity reversion during send image Used to set DPMUTE OFF time after dial. Used to set YES/NO of monitoring polarity reversion during communication on the dialing side. Setup is made in the range of 5 – 80ms by binary input of N in "X (ms) = (N × 5) + 5" in the increment of 5ms. N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. When set to 1, polarity reversion is monitored. Default: 5ms When set to 0, polarity reversion is not monitored. SW28 No.1–No.4 Pause time setup Default: 0 (NO) (fixed) Used to set the pause time. SW23 No. 3 Monitoring polarity reversion during communication The set range is 1 sec to 15 sec by binary input. Used to set whether the poolarity reversion is monitored or not during dialing. Default: 2sec When set to 1, polarity reversion is monitored. When set to 0 sec, the same as the setup of 2 sec. SW28 No.5, No.6 Flash send time When set to 0, polarity reversion is not monitored. Used to set ON time of Flash pulse width to be sent in sending Flash signal to the line. Default: 0 (NO) (fixed) Default: 0 0 (90ms) (fixed) SW23 No.4–No.8 Setting of time before dial (10PPS) SW28 No.7, No.8 Line open delay time in dial test Used to set the time before dial (10PPS) Used to set the line open delay time in dial test. Setup is made in the range of 0 (50ms) – 31 (360ms) by binary input of N in "X (ms) = (N × 10) + 50". Default: 0 0 (2 sec) Default: 60ms SW29 No. 1 Communication record table automatic print SW24 No.5–No.8 Waiting time for OFF HOOK Used to set whether the communication record table is printed automatically when each of transmission/reception data of communication record table reaches 50 items. Used to set the wait time of OFF HOOK. When set to 1, the table is automatically printed. The set range is 0 (50ms) – 15 (200ms) in the increment of 10ms by binary input of N in “X (ms) = (N x 10) + 50”. When set to 0, the table is not printed though the data reaches 50 items. Default: 100ms Default: 0 (No print) SW25 No.1–No.4 Make time (10PPS) setup SW29 No. 2 Time specification of communication record table SW24 No.1–No.4 Inhibited to use. Used to set the make rate when dialing at 10PPS. The set range of N is 0 to 15 in binary input for the make rate of (N +26 ms), which ranges from 26 to 41 ms. Used to set whether time is enabled or not in the output function of communication record table at the specified time. Linked with the key operator program. Default: 40ms Default: 0 (Inhibited) SW25 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW29 No.3, No.4 Sequence of year, month, and day on the LCD, the report, and the sender’s record SW26 No.1–No.5 DTMF signal send time Used to set the send time when sending DTMF signal. Setup is made in the range of 60 – 310ms by binary input of N in "10(ms) × N" in the increment of 10ms. N can be set in the range of 6 – 31. Used to set the recording sequence of year, month, and day on the LCD, reports, and the sender’s record. Default: Month, day, year SW29 No.5–No.8 Call time setup in automatic transmission (T0 timer setup) When N is set to 0, it is the same as 110ms (N=11). Default: 110ms SW26 No.6–No.8 Minimum pause time (DTMF) setup Used to set the minimum pause time (DTMF). Setup is made in the range of 90 – 160ms by binary input of N in "X (ms) = (N × 10) + 90" in the increment of 10ms. Used to set the call time when call does not reach the other party in auto send mode. The set range is 30 to 75 sec in the increment of 5 sec by binary input of "(5 sec × N) + 30 sec)". N can be set in the range of 0 – 7. N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 10 – 15 (setup of 80 – 105 sec) comes the same as the setup of 45 sec. Default: 120ms Default: 45sec (N=3) SW27 No. 1 Inhibited to use. SW30 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use. SW27 No.2–No.4 Setting of time before dial (DTMF) Used to set the time before dial (DTMF) SW30 No.4–No.8 Time specification print (o’clock) on the communication report table Setup is made in the range of 30 – 100ms by binary input of N in "X (ms) = (N × 10) + 30" in the increment of 10ms. Used to set "o’clock" of the time (o’clock, min) when specifying the time on the communication report table. N can be set in the range of 0 – 7. Setup is in the range of 0 – 23 (o’clock) by binary input. Default: 50ms When set to 24 – 31, the time is set to 0 o’clock. Default: 0 o’clock SW31 No.1, No.2 Inhibited to use. AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 31 SW31 No.3–No.8 Time specification print (min) on the communication report table SW33 No. 8 Total communication time and total number of pages print on communication record table Used to set "min" of the time (o’clock, min) when specifying the time on the communication report table. Used to set Print/Not print the total communication time and the total number of pages on the communication record table. Setup is in the range of 0 – 59 (min) by binary input. (When set to 60 – 63, the time is set to 0min.) When set to 1, the total communication time and the total number of pages are printed on the communication record table. Default: 0 min When set to 0, not printed on the communication record table. SW32 No.1, No.2 Default telephone book setup Default: 1 (YES) Used to set YES/NO of default telephone book displaying. SW34 No.1, No.2 Report output (in reception) Default: 0 0 (Basic screen) Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not when a reception (excluding confidential reception) is made. SW32 No. 3 Next address key input in broadcast Used to set YES/NO of Next address key input in broadcast. Default: 0 (No) Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only when transmission is failed" as follows: bit SW32 No.4, No.5 One-touch dial display number switch Used to set the number of one-touch dial display. Default: 0 1 (8) 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 : Print is inhibited. : Print all : Only in case of an error SW32 No. 6 Shift of the power OFF state in shut off Default: 0 0 (printing is inhibited) Used to set whether the shift of the power OFF state in shut off is allowed or inhibited. SW34 No.3, No.4 Report output (in transmission) Default: 1 (allowed) SW32 No. 7 Time indication format Used to set the sequence of year, month, and day in the LCD display, report, and sender record. When set to 1, time is indicated in AM/PM format. Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not after the transmission (excluding broadcast, sequential send request, and relay broadcast). Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only when transmission is failed" as follows: bit When set to 0, time is indicated in 24H format. Default: 1 (AM/PM format) 3 0 0 1 4 0 1 0 : Print is inhibited. : Print all : Only when transmission is failed SW32 No. 8 Priority in the day of week Default: 1 0 (Only when transmission is failed) Used to set the recording sequence of the day of month and the day of week if the date is in the sequence of month, day, and year. SW34 No. 5 Communication report output (in confidential reception) Default: 0 (NO) SW33 No. 1 Inhibited to use. Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not when a confidential reception is made. SW33 No. 2 Report output on less than A4 (LTR) When set to 1, the communication report table is printed. Used to set the report output on less than A4 (LTR). When set to 0, the communication report table is not printed. Default: 0 (Reduction by the record volume) Default: 1 (Print) SW33 No. 3 Inhibited to use. SW34 No.6, No.7 Report output (In broadcast, sequential send request, and relay broadcast) SW33 No.4, No.5 Contents of send document are printed in memory send Used to set Print/Not print part of the sent document in the transmission result table in case of a memory transmission error. When set to 0 0, the transmitted document is not printed on the transmission result table. When set to 0 1, all the transmitted document are printed on the transmission result table. When set to 1 0, the transmitted document is printed on the transmission result table only when the transmission is failed. Default: 1 0 (when the transmission is failed) SW33 No. 6 Transmission document content print in F code transmission Used to set whether the sent document content is print or not in F code transmission. SW33-4 – 5 must be set to output. Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not after the transmission (in broadcast, sequential send request, and relay broadcast). Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only the address to which transmission is failed" as follows: bit 6 0 0 1 7 0 1 0 : Print is inhibited. : Print all : Only the address to which transmission is failed Default: 0 1 (All print) SW34 No. 8 Report output when canceling Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not when canceling transmission during document transmission. When set to 1, the communication report table is printed. When set to 0, the communication report table is not printed. Default: 0 (No print) Default: 1 (Not print) SW33 No. 7 Function to attach images to the report table of memory confidential send SW35 No. 1 Automatic reduction print Used to set whether images are attached to the report table of memory confidential send Used to set whether the received document is automatically reduced and printed so that the print-out is fit in a fixed size when the document size is longer than the fixed sizes but smaller than the max. length of automatic reduction ratio. Default: 0 (NO) When set to 1, the document is printed with automatic reduction. When set to 0, the document is printed without reduction. Default: 1 (Automatic reduction print enable) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 32 SW35 No. 2 Paper selection priority Used to set whether the FAX reception paper is selected by data width priority or data area priority. SW37 No. 6 Rotation transmission selection (11 × 8.5 → 8.5 × 11) "1": Width priority Used to set whether Letter (landscape) document is transmitted as A3 width or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A4R width. "0": Area priority Default: 1 (Rotation) Default: 0 (area priority) SW37 No. 7 Inhibited to use. SW35 No.3, No.4 Output condition setup SW37 No. 8 Rotation scan word calculation Used to set whether the received data are reduced or divided to print when a document is received and there is no suitable size paper. Used to set the rootation scan word calculation. bit 3 0 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 1 : : : : Default: 0 (Round down) SW38 No. 1 Protocol monitor Reduction allowed AB Division allowed A Used to set whether communication protocol result is printed after completion of communication or not. Used for communication test. Default: 0 0 (Reduction print) Default: 0 (No print) SW35 No.5–No.8 Automatic reduction rate setup SW38 No. 2 Output only in case of an error of the protocol monitor Used to set the length of a received document which can be automatically reduced and printed on paper longer than the fixed sizes when automatic reduction print is allowed. Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15% by binary input of N in "100% – N × 1%." Default: 94% (6% reduction) Used to set whether protocol monitor is outputted only when a communication error occurs or every time when communication is completed. Effective when SW38-1 (Protocol monitor) is set to YES. However, only when SW38-1 is set to 1 (YES), protocol monitor is outputted in case of a communication error. Default: 0 (NO) SW36 No.1–No.4 Waiting time for PC-FAX job end Used to set the waiting time for PC-FAX job end. The set range is 0 (32 min) to 15 (2 min) in the increment of 2 min by binary input. SW38 No. 3 Protocol monitor save Used to set whether the protocol monitor of the final communication is saved or not. Default: 2 min. When set to "Saved," the preceding protocol monitor can be printed with SIM 66-21. SW36 No.5, No.6 Inhibited to use. Default: 1 (Save) SW36 No.7, No.8 Waiting time for lift-up SW38 No.4, No.5 Line sound monitor range Used to set the wait time before starting printing when the cassette is being lift up in print ready state. Used to set the line sound monitor range when the line monitor function is used. Default: 0 0 (30 sec) Used to set to monitor NSF signal send/receive until NSF signal is sent/received. SW37 No. 1 Thin paper setup When set to ALL, all procedures up to line disconnection are monitored. Used to set whether the thin paper use is allowed or not. Default: 0 (Inhibited) The setup items are as follows: SW37 No. 2 Specification of 1m scan when there is no line send setting Used to set “Reception specification of 1m” when SW37-3 – 6 (Rotation transmission selection) is set to NO. Default: 0 (Normal operation) bit 4 0 0 1 1 5 0 1 0 1 : OFF : Until NSF signal is sent/received : All SW37 No. 3 Rotation send selection (A4 → A4R) Default: 0 1 (Up to NSF signal send/receive) Used to set whether A4 document is transmitted as A4 or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A4R. SW38 No. 6 Line monitor display When set to 1, the document is transmitted as A4 width. When set to 0, the document is transmitted as A3 width. Used to set whether the communication speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD or not. Default: 1 (Transmitted as A4 width) Displayed on the communication status screen by pressing the job status key. SW37 No. 4 Rotation transmission selection (B5R → B5) When set to 1, displayed on LCD. Used to set whether B5R document is transmitted as B5R or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as B5. When set to 0, not displayed on LCD. When set to 1, the document is transmitted as B4 width (B5). SW38 No. 7–No. 8 Inhibited to use. When set to 0, the document is transmitted as A4 width (B5R). SW39 No. 1 Received document output setting in reception Default: 1 (Transmitted as B4 width) SW37 No. 5 Rotation transmission selection (A5R → A5) Used to set whether A5R document is transmitted as A5R or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A5. Default: 0 (not displayed) Used to set whether all received documents are outputted at a time after completion of reception or each document is outputted every time when it is received. When set 0, the document is transmitted as A4 width (A5R). When set to 1, all are outputted collectively after completion of reception. (However, the transmission width is A4.) When set to 0, output is made after reception of every page. Default: 1 (Transmitted as A4 width (A5)) Default: 0 (Output is made after reception of every page) When set to 1, the document is transmitted as A4 width (A5). AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 33 SW39 No. 2 Specification of data output in case of a communication error in reception SW40 No. 2 Override print setup Used to set whether the image on the page where a communication error occurred during image reception is printed or not. Used to set whether the latter print job is performed or not when the former print job is suspended at the first page due to printable paper empty. "1": Setup not to print When set to 1, override print is allowed. "0": Setup to print When set to 0, override print is not allowed. Default: 0 (Print) Default: 1 (Override print is allowed) SW39 No. 3 Memory over during reception SW40 No. 3 Page number print setup Used to set whether the received data are output or destroyed when memory is over during reception. When set to 1, the received data are outputted. Used to set whether the page number is added to the position where date and the sender’s information are printed. (In memory transmission, page number/total number of pages) When set to 0, received data are disposed without output. When set to 1, the page number is printed. The default is 1. (The received data are outputted.) When set to 0, the page number is not printed. SW39 No. 4 Output method in A3 width reception(AB series) Default: 1 (The page number is printed.) SW40 No. 4 Index print setup Used to set whether an image of 297mm width is reduced and printed or an image of 11" width is printed without reduction on paper of 11" width when an image of A3 width is received. When set to 297mm width, if a document of 11" is received, both ends are not printed. Used to set whether the index is printed on the received document or not. When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 297mm width. Default: 0 (The index is not printed.) When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 11" width. SW40 No. 5 Duplex rotation print Default: 1 (Printing is made on paper of 297mm width.) When set to 1, the index is printed on the received document. When set to 0, the index is not printed. Used to set the duplex rotation print. SW39 No. 5 Output method in A4 width reception (AB series) Used to set whether printing is made on paper of 8.5" width or of 210mm width when an image of A4 width is received. When set to 8.5" width, if printed on A4(R), the image is reduced. When set to 210mm width, if a document of 8.5" is received both ends are not printed. Default: 1 (YES) SW40 No. 6 Reception data duplex print Used to set YES/NO of the reception data duplex print. Default: 0 (NO) SW40 No. 7 Specification of print sequence in duplex print When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 8.5" width. Used to specify the print sequence in duplex print. When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 210mm width. Default: 1 (Print order (214365...)) Default: 0 (Printing is made on paper of 210mm width.) SW39 No. 6 Output method in A3 width reception (Inch series) SW40 No. 8 Specification of rotating direction duplex back surface print Used to specify the rotating direction duplex back surface print. Used to set whether an image of 297mm width is reduced and printed or an image of 11" width is printed without reduction on paper of 11" width when an image of A3 width is received. Default: 1 (180° rotation) When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 297mm width. If this switch is not set to YES, an external telephone cannot be used. When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 11" width. Default: 1 (YES) Default: 0 (Printed on paper of 11" width) SW41 No.2–No.4 Inhibited to use. SW39 No. 7 Output method in A4 width reception (Inch series) SW41 No.5–No.8 Interval from completion of a transmission to the next call-out Used to set whether printing is made on paper of 8.5" width or of 210mm width when an image of A4 width is received. Used to set the time interval between the end of a communication and a call for the next communication. When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 8.5" width. Setup is made by binary input in the interval of 0 – 15sec. When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 210mm width. The initial setup is to ring in the interval of 1sec. Default: 1 (Printed on paper of 8.5" width) Default: 1sec SW39 No. 8 Relay data output SW42 No.1–No.3 Communication end buzzer sound length Used to set whether the received document is outputted from the relay direction station when relay broadcasting direction is received. SW41 No. 1 External telephone connection Used to specify the length of the communication end sound. When set to 1, the document received from the relay instruction station is printed. Default: 3.0 sec. When set to 0, the document received from the relay instruction station is not printed. Used to set the transmission end beep sound tone in transmission. SW42 No.4, No.5 Transmission end sound tone Default: 1 (Print) Default: 0 1 (1000Hz) SW40 No. 1 Rotation print SW42 No.6, No.7 Reception end sound tone Used to set Enable/Disable of rotation print when the received document can be printed by rotation. Used to set the reception end sound beep tone in reception. Default: 0 1 (1000Hz) When set to 1, the received document is printed by rotation. When set to 0, the received document is not rotated. Default: 1 (Printed by rotation) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 34 SW42 No. 8 V.34 mode function in manual communication SW46 No.1, No.2 Speaker volume in DTFM send Used to set Enabled/Disabled V.34 mode function in manual communication. Used to set the volume of transmission sound and DTMF sound from speaker when pressing on-hook button. When set to 1, V.34 mode function is enabled. Default: 1 0 (Medium) When set to 0, V.34 mode function is disabled. SW46 No.3–No.8 Pattern number in DTMF send Default: 1 (V.34 mode function is enabled.) Pattern of volume in DTMF send (Large/Medium/Small) SW43 No. 1 V.34 mode function Default: 21 Used to set whether V.34 mode is used for send/receive with the other party machine is provided with V.34 mode. SW47 No.1, No.2 Volume of line monitor from speaker When set to 1, send/receive is made with using V.34 mode. Used to set the line sound volume from the speaker in FAX transmission. When set to 0, send/receive is made without using V.34 mode. Default: 1 0 (Medium) Default: 1 (Send/receive is made using V.34 mode) SW47 No.3–No.8 Line monitor pattern number SW43 No. 2 Super G3 disabled in the last call-out of recall in case of an error Pattern of line monitor volume (Large/Medium/Small) Used to set Enable/disable of Super G3 in the last call-out of recall in case of an error. SW48 No.1, No.2 Volume of communication end sound Default: 0 (Super G3 is void) Used to set the volume of communication end sound from the speaker when communication is completed. SW43 No. 3 V.34 primary channel return mode Default: 21 Default: 1 0 (Medium) Used to set V.34 primary channel return mode. Default: 1 (PPh) SW48 No.3–No.8 Pattern number of communication end sound SW43 No.4–No.6 Symbol speed mask in V.34 reception Pattern of communication end sound volume (Large/Medium/Small) Used to set the symbol speed mask in V.34 reception. Default: 21 Default: 1 0 1 (3429) SW49 No.1, No.2 On-hook speaker volume SW43 No. 7 V.34 control channel communication speed Used to set the volume from the speaker in on-hook. Used to set the communication speed of control channel in V.34 mode transmission. Default: 1 0 (Medium) When set to 1, the communication speed of control channel is 2400bps. Used to set the volume pattern (large/medium/small) in on-hook. SW49 No.3–No.8 On-hook pattern number When set to 0, the communication speed of control channel is 1200bps. Refer to SIM66-37. Default: 0 (1200bps) SW50 No.1, No.2 Call sound volume SW43 No. 8 Control channel retrain judgment in V.34 reception Used to set the ringing sound volume. Used to set the control channel retrain judgment in V.34 reception. SW50 No.3–No.8 Ringing pattern number Default: 0 (EQM value judgment) Pattern of call sound volume (Large/Medium/Small) SW44 No.1–No.4 V.34 primary channel transmission speed Default: 21 Used to set the communication start speed in V.34 mode transmission. Setup is made in the range of 2400 – 33600bps by binary input of N in "2400 × N". N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 0 comes 2400bps, 15 comes 33600bps. Default: N=14 (Transmission starts from 33600bps) SW44 No.5–No.8 V.34 primary channel reception speed Used to set the reception start speed in V.34 mode. Setup is made in the range of 2400 – 33600 bps by binary input of N in "2400 (bps) × N". Default: 21 Default: 1 0 (Medium) SW51 No.1, No.2 Busy tone detection cycle Used to set the number of pulses of busy tone detected to recognize as busy tone. When set to 0 0, 2 pulses are detected. When set to 0 1, 4 pulses are detected. When set to 1 0, 6 pulses are detected. When set to 1 1, 10 pulses are detected. Default: 0 0 (2 pulses are detected) SW51 No. 3 Busy tone detection time (Upper limit) Busy tone detection time (Upper limit) N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 0 comes 2400bps, 15 comes 33600bps. 1: 650ms 0: 750ms Default: N=14 (Reception starts from 33600bps) SW51 No. 4 Busy tone detection time (Lower limit) SW45 No.1, No.2 Speaker volume at scanner scan end Busy tone detection time (Lower limit) Used to set the volume of scan end sound from the speaker when scan is completed. 1: 350ms Default: 1 0 (Medium) SW51 No. 5 Busy tone detection time (Lower limit 2) SW45 No.3–No.8 Pattern number in scanning Busy tone detection time lower limit 2 Pattern of scan end sound volume (Large/Medium/Small) 1: 150ms Default: 21 Default: 0 (Follows SW51-4) Default: 0 (750ms) 0: 250ms Default: 0 (250ms) 0: Follows SW51-4. SW51 No. 6, No. 7 Inhibited to use. AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 35 SW51 No. 8 SDT signal detection SW60 No.1, No.2 Reception SED ON level Used to set whether SDT signal which is the second dial tone when transmitting to F net is detected or not. Used to set Reception SED ON level. When the SDT signal is not detected, dial is made normally even after “16×.” SW60 No. 3 Inhibited to use. When set to 1, the signal is detected. SW60 No.4–No.8 Reception gain adjustment When set to 0, the signal is not detected. Used to set Reception gain adjustment. Default: 0 (Not detected) The set range is 0 (+6.0dBm) to 24 (–6.0dBm) in the increment of 0.5dBm by binary input. SW52 No.1, No.2 DT/BT detection frequency range Used to set the DT/BT detection frequency range. Default: 1 1 (–48dB) Default: 0.0dBm SW61 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 1 (420Hz to 680Hz) SW52 No. 3 Busy tone detection level table SW62 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set the busy tone detection level table. SW63 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 (constant (ROM)) SW64 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use. SW52 No.4, No.5 Busy tone detection level SW64 No.4–No.8 DTMF send level (high level) Used to set the lowest detection level when detecting busy tone. Used to set the DTMF signal send level (high group). When set to 0 0, busy tone of –43dB is detected. 0 (0.0dBm) to 21 (–21.0dBm) in the increment of 1dBm When set to 0 1, busy tone of –35dB is detected. Default: –6dBm When set to 1 0, busy tone of –33dB is detected. SW65 No.1–No.4 Maximum DTMF send level When set to 1 1, busy tone of –30dB is detected. This setting is made when busy tone is erroneously detected. Used to set the maximum send level in DTMF signal send. Default: 0 0 (–43dB) Setup is made in the range of 0 (0.0dBm) to 15 (–15.0dBm) by binary input. SW52 No. 6–No.8 Inhibited to use. The setup is made in the increment of 1dB. SW53 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0dBm SW54 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW65 No.5–No.8 DTMF send level (difference between high and low level) SW55 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set the DTMF signal send level (low group). SW56 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. 0 (–2.0dBm) to 15 (+5.5dBm) in the increment of 0.5dBm SW57 No.1–No.4 Ring-back tone ON time Default: +2.0dBm Used to set the ON time of external telephone ring back tone. SW66 No. 1 Default date, sender print The set range is 0 to 3 sec in the increment of 200 ms by binary input. Used to set whether the registered sender information and date and time of transmission are printed at the top of the transmission document when a document is transmitted through the second line. Default: 0sec (fixed) SW57 No.5–No.8 Ring-back tone OFF time Used to set the ring-back tone OFF time of external telephone. The set range is 0 to 3 sec in the increment of 200 ms by binary input. Default: 0sec (fixed) When set to 1, date and sender are printed. When set to 0, date and sender are not printed. Default: 1 (Date and sender are printed) SW66 No. 2 Department number notification SW58 No.1, No.2 Inhibited to use. SW58 No.3–No.8 External connection sound volume Used to set whether the department number is transmitted as sender information when the department management function is enabled. Used to set External connection sound volume. Default: 0 (OFF) The set range is 0 (0.0dBm) to 48 (–24.0dBm) in the increment of 0.5dBm by binary input. SW66 No. 3 Date and sender print position setup When set to 49 or greater, the setup value comes as below. 49=–28.0dBm 50=–32.0dBm 51=–36.0dBm 52=–40.0dBm 53=–48.0dBm 54=–56.0dBm 55=–63.0dBm 56 = – ∞ infinite (mute) Default: –10.0dBm When set to 1, added upper inside the document. When set to 0, added outside the document. Default: 0 (Added outside the document) SW59 No.1–No.4 Signal send level Max. SW66 No. 4 Error message display in manual send (For avoiding violation of Patents) Used to set Signal send level Max. The set range is 0 (0dBm) to 15 (–15dBm) in the increment of 1dBm by binary input. Default: –8dBm Used to set whether the error message is displayed or not when a communication error occurs in manual transmission. Default: 0 (Inhibited) SW59 No.5, No.6 Transmission cable amplitude equalizer Used to set Transmission cable amplitude equalizer. SW66 No. 5 Inhibited to use. SW66 No.6–No.8 Polarity reversion settlement time Default: 0 0 (0dB) SW59 No.7, No.8 Reception cable amplitude equalizer Used to set Reception cable amplitude equalizer. Used to set the print position of date and transmitter information on the transmitted documents. Used to set Polarity reversion settlement time. Setup is made in the range of 200ms – 1600ms by binary input. Default: 200ms Default: 0 0 (0dB) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 36 SW67 No.1–No.4 After sending CFR, double wait is inhibited for 1.6sec. SW69 No.1, No.2 Reception size specification (Reception capacity) Used to set that the double wait is inhibited for 1.6sec. after sending CFR. Used to set the receivable document width which is notified to the other party when receiving a document. Setup is made in the range of 0ms – 3000ms by binary input. The setup items are as follows: Default: 1600ms bit SW67 No. 5 Measurement of communication time (image) Used to set YES/NO of measurement. Used to measure the communication time in phase C. However, it is the communication time in the latest phase C. (Unit: msec) 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 : : : : By the equipped cassette B4 (A4, B4) A4 A3 (A4, B4, A3) Default: 0 0 (Varies depending on the installed cassette.) Default: 1 (YES) Max. allowed reception width selection SW67 No. 6 Reduction transmission mode Used to set whether the transmitted document is received in reduction size or both ends of recording paper are cut when the transmitted document width is greater than the recording paper width. When set to 1, the document is sent without reduction with the both ends cut. When set to "0", it is reduced and transmitted. Default: 0 (Reduction) SW67 No. 7 ECM Used to set whether ECM (Error Correction Mode) is performed or not. When, however, SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is set to OFF, or when SW43-1(V.34 mode function is set to ON and the transmission is not the super G3 transmission, ECM Disable setup is effective. This is because the ECM function is indispensable in a transmission other than super G3 transmission in V.34 mode and the other party machine may perform checking. With SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is ON and this reception function is disabled. When set to 1, ECM is enabled. When set to "0", ECM is disabled. Default: 1 (ECM is enabled) SW67 No. 8 ECM byte/frame Used to set ECM byte/frame. Default: 0 (256 [bytes/frame]) SW68 No.1–No.4 Recording paper tray selection (Tray 1 – 4) Max. allowed reception width is determined by Table 1 and Table 2. This determines the transmitted size from the other party. When set to A3 with SW69-12, only with B5 cassette, proxy reception is always performed. Do not use this combination. (Because division process in the main scanning direction is not performed.) When set to A4 with SW69-12, , A3 document from the other party is not divided into A4 paper but reduction to A4width is requested to the other party. • Max. allowed reception width setup SW69 Size specification No.1 No.2 0 0 Depends on the installed cassette. 0 1 B4 1 0 A4 1 1 A3 Allowable reception width Varies according to the table below. A4 & B4 width A4 width A4 & B4 & A3 width • Max. allowable reception width by installed cassette [Max. paper size of installed [Sampled paper size (data → cassette with FAX function] width)] A5 → A4 B5 → B4 A4 → A3 B4 → B4 A3 → A3 No cassette with FAX function → A3 Used to select the tray for output of the received documents. SW69 No. 3 11 inch reception capacity setup Tray 1 to Tray 4 can be set to ON/OFF individually. When set to OFF, the tray does not output received documents. When SW69-12, is set to “Depends on installed cassette,” the max. allowable reception width by 8.5" × 11" cassette is set. Setup is made by selecting bit 1 – bit 4. Each bit is selected in the sequence of tray 1 – tray 4. When set to 1, the reception allowable width is 255mm or 215mm. When 1 is selected, output is made by using that tray. Default: 0 (the reception allowable width is 303mm or 255mm or 215mm) When 0 is selected, output is not made by using that tray. Default: Tray 1 – tray 4 are used. (1) bit bit bit bit 1 2 3 4 : : : : When set to 0, the reception allowable width is 303mm or 255mm or 215mm. SW69 No. 4 Maximum reception length Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Used to set the receivable document width which is notified to the other party when a long document is sent from the other party. When set to 1, reception is made without limitations. SW68 No.5–No.8 The tray specification of Duplex print (Tray 1 – 4) When set to 0, if reception of a document reaches 1.5m, reception is terminated. Used to select the tray for output of the duplex documents. Default: 0 (Reception is terminated after receiving 1.5m.) Tray 1 to Tray 4 can be set to ON/OFF individually. When set to OFF, the tray does not output received documents. SW69 No.5, No.6 Image quality in transmission request Setup is made by selecting bit 5 – bit 8. Each bit is selected in the sequence of tray 1 – tray 4. Used to set the image capacity of the machine when send request (polling). Reflected on DTC. When 1 is selected, output is made by using that tray. Default: 0 0 (ultra fine) When 0 is selected, output is not made by using that tray. SW69 No. 7 Countermeasures for echo in reception (CED tone send interval) Default: Tray 1 – tray 4 are used. (1) bit bit bit bit 5 6 7 8 : : : : Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Used to select ON/OFF of countermeasures against echo. An interval of 500ms is inserted before DIS transmission. Default: 0 (75ms) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 37 SW69 No. 8 Countermeasure for echo in transmission (After reception of DIS, hold time up to signal send is set.) SW72 No. 7 EYE-Q check Used to select ON/OFF of countermeasures against echo. When set to 1, check is made only with EYE-Q value. Therefore, TCF check becomes loose. An interval of 500ms is inserted before DCS transmission. Used to set whether TCF is checked or not in TCF reception. When set to 0, check is made both with received data and EYE-Q value. Default: 0 (200ms) SW70 No. 1 CED signal send Used to set whether CED signal is sent or not. This setup is effective only when SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is off. This is because V.34 mode requires sending of ANSam signal. Default: 0 (check is made both with received data and EYE-Q value. ) SW72 No. 8 Operation when error frame is received. When set to 1, CED (ANSam) signal is sent. Used to set the operation when image data with error frame is received. When set to 0, CED (ANSam) signal is not sent. "1": Continues process. Default: 1 (CED (ANSam) signal is sent) "0": Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.) SW70 No. 2 CSI transmission Default: 0 (Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.)) CSI signal includes the telephone number registered as sender’s number. Used to set whether this signal is sent or not. SW73 No. 1 Error process in RTN reception When set to 1, CSI signal is sent. Used to set whether RTN reception is treated as a communication error or not. When set to 0, CSI signal is not sent. When set to 1, it is not judged as an error when RTN is received. Default: 1 (CSI signal is sent) When set to 0, it is judged as an error when RTN is received. SW70 No. 3 DIS reception check in G3 send Default: 0 (it is judged as an error) Used to set whether DIS reception is checked or not in a send mode other than SG3 send. SW73 No.2, No.3 RTN send line error rate When set to 1, DIS reception is always checked twice. Default: 1 0 (60 lines) When set to 0, DIS reception is checked once. SW73 No.4, No.5 Flag-address timer setup (V.21-FSK) Default: 0 (1 time) Used to set RTN send line error rate. SW70 No.4, No.5 DIS process selection in reception Used to set the time between Flag-adrs during FSk signal reception in a communication other than V.34 mode. Used to set the process when DIS is received. FSK signal reception in V.34 does not conform to this soft switch. When set to 0 0, it is judged as reception of echo and the command is sent again. Default: 0 0 (6 sec) When set to 0 1, the line is disconnected as improper DIS. SW73 No. 6 Reception waiting time between frames Used to set Reception waiting time between frames. When set to 1 0, when DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission and the other are judged as reception of an echo and the command is sent again. When set to 1 1, when DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission is made. When DIS judges that the transmitter received an echo, the command is sent again. In the other case, it is judged as improper DIS and the line is disconnected. Default: 0 0 (Judged as reception of echo, and the command is sent again.) Default: 0 (3.4sec) SW73 No.7, No.8 Minimum flags between frames Used to set Minimum flags between frames. Default: 0 0 (2-flag) SW74 No.1–No.4 FSK signal settlement time in double wait Used to set FSK signal settlement time in double wait. Setup is made in the range of 200 – 950ms by binary input of N in "X (ms) = 50 (ms) × N + 200". SW70 No. 6 DIS 41Bit or later enable/disable Used to set Enable/Disable of DIS 41Bit or later N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Default: 0 (Enabled) Default: 400ms SW70 No. 7 Time between DCS and TCF SW74 No.5, No.6 Preamble send time of 300bps Used to set the time between DCS and TCF. Used to set the preamble send time of 300bps. Default: 1 (75ms) Default: 0 1 (1.0 sec) SW70 No. 8 TCF check time SW74 No.7, No.8 Phase C head dummy data send time Used to set TCF check time Used to set Phase C head dummy data send time. Default: 1 (1.0sec) Default: 0 0 (0.2 sec) SW71 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use. SW75 No.1, No.2 Waiting time for CED send start SW71 No. 4 Telephone line menu Used to set the waiting time for CED send start. Used to set whether Tone/Pulse setup is displayed on the menu or not. Default: 0 0 (2.25 sec) Default: 0 (allowed) (fixed) SW75 No.3, No.4 CED signal send time SW71 No. 5–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set CED signal send time. SW72 No.1, No.2 RCP send times Default: 0 0 (3 sec) Used to set RCP send times. SW75 No.5, No.6 Waiting time for ANSam send start Default: 0 0 (3 times) Used to set the waiting time for ANSam send start. SW72 No.3–No.6 The number of the flag detection bytes Default: 0 0 (2.25 sec) Used to set the number of the flag detection bytes. SW75 No.7, No.8 ANSam signal send time Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15 by binary input. Used to set ANSam signal send time. Default: 4 Default: 0 1 (4 sec) AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 38 SW76 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW87 No.1–No.7 CI signal OFF detectable time SW77 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW78 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. Used to set the min. OFF time for judgment of CI pulse (16Hz call signal). When OFF time continues for more than the set time, it is judged as 1 pulse of CI. SW79 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. The set range is 0 to 1270 by binary input of "N × 10ms". SW80 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. Default: 1200ms SW81 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW87 No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW82 No. 1 CI signal ON time in V.8 mode SW88 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set the CI signal ON time in V.8 mode. SW89 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 (9 bytes) SW90 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW82 No. 2 CI signal OFF time in V.8 mode SW91 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set the CI signal OFf time in V.8 mode. SW92 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 (1sec) SW93 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW82 No. 3 Inhibited to use. SW82 No.4, No.5 CI receive number to shift to non-V.34 communication SW94 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW95 No. 1–No.4 Inhibited to use. Used to set CI receive number to shift to non-V.34 communication. SW95 No.5–No.8 T1 timer setup Default: 1 0 (2 times) Used to set time-out time from phase B to detection of signal. SW82 No.6–No.8 CI send number to shift to Non-V.34 communication T1 time-out time is set in the range of 15 – 90sec (in the increment of 5sec). Used to set CI send number to shift to non-V.34 communication. Default: 40sec Setup is made in the range of 0 – 7 by binary input. SW96 No.1, No.8 Inhibited to use. When set to 0, retrain is not made. SW97 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 2 SW98 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW83 No.1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW99 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW84 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW100 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW85 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW101 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW86 No. 1 150V ON control SW102 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set YES/NO of 150V ON control. SW103 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 (No) SW104 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW86 No.2, No.3 CI detection Used to set the frequency to detect CI signal which is the calling signal as follows: bit 2 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 SW105 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW106 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW107 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. : 4 sine wave : 3 sine wave : 2 sine wave SW108 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: 0 0 (4 sine wave) SW109 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (Left edge adjustment) SW86 No.4, No.5 CI delete max. OFF time Setup of print image area void Used to set the max. wait time from detection of CI signal pulse (number of times) to the next CI signal pulse detection. If next CI signal pulse is not detected within this time, the number of calls up to now is cleared. The quantity of void at the left edge in main scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. The setup items are as follows: Default: 48 dots bit 4 0 0 1 1 5 0 1 0 1 : : : : Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots SW109 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (Lead edge adjustment) 5sec 10sec 15sec 20sec Setup of print image area void The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Default: 0 1 (10 sec) Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. SW86 No.6–No.8 CI signal ON detection enable time 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots Used to set the time to judge that CI signal is ON. Default: 48 dots The CI signal of less than this setup time is not regarded as ON. The set range is 0 (155ms) – 7 (225ms) in the increment of 10ms. Default: 155ms AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 39 SW110 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (Rear edge adjustment) SW114 No.5–No.8 Sub scan rear edge image loss in scan effective image area (OC) Setup of print image area void Used to set the image loss in OC scan image area. The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity at the rear edge is increased. 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. Default: 48 dots 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines SW110 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (left edge position) rear Default: 0 lines Setup of print image area void SW115 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (OC) main scan left edge image loss The quantity of void at the left edge in main scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in OC scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots Default: 0 lines Default: 48 dots SW115 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (OC) main scan right edge image loss SW111 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (lead edge position) rear Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in OC scan of FAX. Setup of print image area void Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. SW116 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification adjustment OC (main scan) 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines Default: 48 lines Default: 0 lines Used to adjust the OC scan magnification ratio in main scan direction. SW111 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (rear edge position) rear Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. Setup of print image area void Default: 0% The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. SW117 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment OC (sub scan) Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Used to adjust the OC scan magnification ratio in sub scan direction. 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. Default: 48 lines 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% SW112 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment (main scan) Used to adjust the print magnification radio in main scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. Default: 0% SW118 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) sub scan lead edge image loss Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0% SW113 No.1–No.8 Print magnification radio adjustment (sub scan) The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image loss quantity is increased. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. Used to adjust the print magnification radio in sub scan direction. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 81 lines Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. Default: 0 lines 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% SW118 No.5–No.8 Sub scan rear edge image loss in scan effective image area (SPF) Default: 0% SW114 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (OC) sub scan lead edge image loss Used to set the image loss in OC scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image loss quantity is increased. Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity at the rear edge is increased. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 21 lines Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. Default: +0 lines 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines SW119 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) main scan left edge image loss Default: 0 lines Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 40 SW119 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) main scan right edge image loss SW125 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment rear (sub scan) Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX. Used to adjust the print magnification radio in sub scan direction. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: 0% Default: +0 dots SW126 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF rear (main scan) SW120 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear sub scan lead edge image loss Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. SPF main scan magnification ratio adjustment Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image loss quantity is increased. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0% SW127 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF rear (sub scan) Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots SPF sub scan magnification ratio adjustment Default: +0 dots SW120 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear sub scan rear edge image loss Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity at the rear edge is increased. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0% SW128 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW129 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW130 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 2 lines SW131 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Default: +0 lines SW132 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW121 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear main scan left edge image loss SW133 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots SW121 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear main scan right edge image loss Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots SW122 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF (main scan) SPF main scan magnification ratio adjustment Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0% SW123 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF (sub scan) SPF sub scan magnification ratio adjustment Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0% SW124 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment rear (main scan) Used to adjust the print magnification radio in main scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0% AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 41 [8] MACHINE OPERATION 1. Key operator program A. List Fax default settings Key operator program Default display settings Must input next address key at broadcast setting The number of direct address keys displayed setting Initial resolution setting Initial exposure setting Own number and name set Dial mode setting Pause time setting Speaker volume setting Speaker Ringer volume Line monitor Transmission complete sound Transmission complete sound setting Transmission complete sound time setting Activity report print Auto print at memory full Print daily at designated time select setting Transaction report print Single sending select setting Broadcasting Receiving Confidential reception Image memory print select setting FAX send settings FAX receive settings Sending options Remote reception number setting External telephone setting Distinctive ring detection Auto reduction sending setting Printing page number at receiver Date/own number print position setting Rotation sending setting Call timer at memory sending Recall in case of line Number of times Interval busy Recall in case of Number of times Interval communication error Quick on line sending Default sending mode Auto cover sheet Slow scan mode Auto receive reduce setting Duplex reception setting Print style setting Number of calls in auto reception Set the telephone number for data forwarding Index print Received data print condition A3 RX reduce Enter junk fax number ANTI JUNK FAX Passcode number setting Polling security setting ID number mode System number mode Relay passcode Confidential code set F-code memory box Polling memory Confidential Relay broadcast Set value (∗: Default value) Condition settings∗ / Address book (ABC) / Address book (Group) ON / OFF∗ 6∗ / 8 / 12 (keys) Standard∗ / Fine / Super fine / Ultra fine Auto∗ / Manual (1 – 5) Registering / Un-registering∗ Tone∗ / Pulse 1 – 15 (Increment of 1sec.) 2∗ (sec.) Small / Medium∗ / Great Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound Pattern 1 / Pattern 2∗ / Pattern 3 2.0 / 2.5 / 3.0∗ / 3.5 / 4.0 (sec.) ON / OFF∗ ON / OFF∗ Print out all report / Print out error report only∗ / No printed report Print out all report∗ / Print out error report only / No printed report Print out all report / Print out error report only / No printed report∗ Print out notice page∗ / Not print out notice page Print out all report / Print out error report only∗ / No printed report 0 – 9 5∗ ON∗ / OFF STANDARD/PATTERN 1 – 5 / OFF∗ ON∗ / OFF ON∗/ OFF Outside the original image∗ / Inside the original image ON∗ / OFF 30 / 45∗ / 60 (sec.) 1 – 15 2 (times)∗ 1 – 15 3 (min.)∗ 1 – 15 1 (times)∗ 0 – 15 1 (min.)∗ ON* / OFF Memory sending∗ / Direct sending ON / OFF∗ ON / OFF∗ ON∗ / OFF ON / OFF∗ Print actual size cut of enable / Auto size select∗ 0 – 15 2∗ (times) Registering / Un-registering∗ ON / OFF∗ ON∗ / OFF ON / OFF∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ ON / OFF∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ ON∗/ OFF Registering / Un-registering∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ Registering / Un-registering∗ AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 1 Remarks Half tone cannot be selected for standard resolution. Only when an extension phone is connected This method can only be used if the other machine is also a Sharp machine (excluding certain models). B. Operating procedure The key operator program can be set from all the modes (copy, FAX, printer, scanner). When setup is completed, the mode returns to the original mode. 3) Touch a list name to output. Print is started. KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS OK LIST PRINT Note: FAX KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS LIST F-CODE MEMORY BOX LIST FAX ACCOUNT USAGE LIST JUNK FAX NUMBER LIST • When the key operator program is used, send/receive of FAX cannot be made. CONFIDENTIAL CODE LIST • The key operator program cannot be used during send/receive of FAX or during communication. (1) Common procedures 1) Press the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key. LINE DATA B STATUS CUSTOM SETTINGS • The list/report which can be printed Key operator program list (FAX) Used to print the FAX key operator program. FAX account usage list Used to print communication time and communication pages in each department. Confidential code list Used to print the contents of confidential box registration (confidential box number, confidential box name, ID number). F-code memory box list Used to print the contents of F code confidential box registration, F code relay group registration, and F code bulletin board registration. Junk FAX number list is printed. 2) Touch the [KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS] key. CUSTOM SETTINGS EXIT TOTAL COUNT DISPLAY CONTRAST TRAY SETTINGS ADDRESS CONTROL KEYBOARD SELECT LIST PRINT CLOCK RECEIVE MODE FAX DATA FORWARD Junk FAX number list (3) Print method of record table 1) Press the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key. KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS LINE DATA B STATUS CUSTOM SETTINGS 3) Use the numeric keys to enter the five-digit key operater code. 2) KEY OPERATOR CODE Touch the [LIST PRINT] key. Y T LIST PRINT S RECEIVE MODE 4) Touch the [FAX SETTINGS] key. KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS ACCOUNT CONTROL EXIT ENERGY SAVE OPERATION SETTINGS DEVICE CONTROL COPY SETTINGS PRINT SETTINGS SCANNER SETTINGS FAX SETTINGS LIST PRINT KEY OPERATOR CODE CHANGE PRODUCT KEY 3) Touch the [FAX REPORT] key. PRINTER TEST PAGE FAX REPORT SENDING ADDRESS LIST 5) Press the [CLEAR ALL] key to exit the program. 4) Touch the key of the report that you wish to print. "PRINT JOB IN MEMORY.PLEASE WAIT UNTIL PRINT OUT." appears and printing begins. (2) List output 1) Perform common operating procedures up to step 4). 2) ACTIVITY REPORT PRINT TIMER LIST PASSCODE LIST CONFIDENTIAL RECEPTION LIST MEM.POLLING LIST Touch the [LIST PRINT] key. KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS ACCOUNT CONTROL EXIT ENERGY SAVE OPERATION SETTINGS DEVICE CONTROL COPY SETTINGS PRINT SETTINGS SCANNER SETTINGS FAX SETTINGS LIST PRINT KEY OPERATOR CODE CHANGE PRODUCT KEY • The report is printed before other print jobs are printed. Your machine keeps a record of the most recent 50 transactions (both transmissions and receptions) that were performed. The record includes the date of the transaction, the other party’s name, the duration, and result. You can have the report automatically printed when the number of transactions exceeds 50, or at a specified time. This allows you to check the machine's activity at regular intervals. The machine is initially set (factory setting) to never print the report. If you wish to print the report every 50 transactions or have it printed at a specified time, change the setting in the key operator programs. AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 2 2. Power switch Far edge Keep the machine's power switch turned on at all times. Faxes cannot be received if the power is turned off. Top edge ON Bottom edge Area that cannot Near edge be scanned C. Automatic reduction of faxed document If the width of the faxed document is greater than the receiving machine’s maximum receivable width, the document will be automatically reduced. 3. Originals A. Original sizes Using the RSPF Minimum original size 8-1/2" (width) x 5-1/2" (length) [210 mm (width) x 148 mm (length)] 5-1/2" (width) x 8-1/2" (length) [148 mm (width) x 210 mm (length)] Using the document glass Maximum original size 11" (width) x 39.3"* (length) [297 mm (width) x 1000 mm (length)] ∗ Long originals can be loaded. When the scanning resolution is Ultra fine, the maximum length is 34.6" [880 mm]. 11" (width) x 17" (length) [297 mm (width) x 420 mm (length)] NOTE: Faxed document width Receiving machine’s paper width Reduced size Ratio 11" x 17" 8-1/2" x 14" 8-1/2" x 14" 1 : 0.70 (Area ratio) 11" x 17" 8-1/2" x 11" 8-1/2" x 11"R 1 : 0.5 (Area ratio) 8-1/2" x 14" 8-1/2" x 11" 8-1/2" x 11"R 1 : 0.64 (Area ratio) A document can also be faxed without reducing its size. In this case, the left and right edges will not be transmitted. 4. Own number sending This function prints the date, time, your programmed senderís name, your programmed sender’s fax number, and the page number at the top center of each page that you fax. • Originals that are not a standard size (5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 5-1/2" x 8-1/ 2"R, 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 14", 11" x 17") can also be faxed. Example of fax page printed out by the receiving machine • Because the amount of memory is limited, the scannable length of a long original will vary depending on the resolution setting and the width of the original. If the memory fills up before the entire original can be scanned, use a lower resolution setting or shorten the original. 1) Date and time: programmed in the custom settings. • There are restrictions on originals that can be scanned using the RSPF. *Long originals Depending on the resolution setting and the width of the original, there may not be sufficient space in memory to hold a long original. In this case, refer to the following table and select a lower resolution setting and/or shorten the original. Standard Fine Super fine Ultra fine 11" wide 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] 34.6" [880 mm] 8-1/2" wide 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] MAY-11-200X-FRI 03:00 PM ↑ 1) SHARP PLANNING DIV. ↑ 2) FAX No.0666211221 ↑ 3) P.001/001 ↑ 4) 2) Sender’s name: programmed in the key operator programs. 3) Sender’s fax number: programmed in the key operator programs. 4) Page number: 3-digit number appearing in the format, "page number/total pages" (only the page number appears if you use manual transmission or Quick On-Line transmission). If desired, you can use a key operator program to have the page number omitted. A. Position of sender's information You can select whether the sender's information is added outside the printed fax image or inside the image in the key operator programs. The initial factory setting is outside the image. Outside scanned data Direction of transmission Length of scanned data Note that the edges of an original cannot be scanned. Area that cannot be scanned: • 0.2" [5 mm] or less at top edge and 0.2" [5 mm] or less at bottom edge • Near edge + far edge = 0.24” [6 mm] Length of transmitted data B. Scanning area of original None of the transmitted image is cut off; however, the transmitted image is longer than the scanned image, and thus when both the sender and the receiver use the same size of paper, the printed fax may either be reduced or split up and printed on two pages. AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 3 Inside scanned data Length of transmitted data Length of scanned data Direction of transmission The top edge of the scanned image will be cut off by the sender's information; however, when both the sender and the receiver use the same size of paper, the printed fax will neither be reduced nor split up and printed on two pages. 5. Quick On-line When the RSPF is used for memory transmission and there are no previously stored jobs waiting or in progress (and the line is not being used), the machine dials the destination and begins transmitting scanned pages while the remaining pages are scanned. This transmission method is called Quick On-line. The messages "SCANNING ORIGINAL." and "CONNECTING." both appear until scanning of the final page is completed. If the receiving party is busy when a Quick On-line transmission is attempted, the transmission will be automatically reattempted at a later time. NOTE: • The machine is initially set (factory setting) to perform Quick On-line transmission. If desired, you can turn off this function in the key operator programs. • When an original is transmitted using the following methods, the job will be stored in memory (Quick On-line transmission will not be performed): 1) Sending from the document glass 2) Broadcast transmission 3) Timer transmission 4) F-code transmission AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 4 [9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 3) Make sure only "Printer Control Board" tree is visible under "Simulation Command List". 4) Turn on the copier. The machine starts up in the download mode. 5) Additional tree will be visible when downloading maintenance program on PC. (Necessary items for version-up) A Personal computer B RS232C cross cable (D-sub 9pin to D-sub 9pin, or D-sub 25pin to D-sub 9pin) C Software for version-up (ROM type) The flash ROM is directly installed to each PWB. (Target PWB) 1 MCU PWB 2 FAX PWB Outline of Version-up Procedure (PC) C B ∗ Make sure to start up maintenance program before turn on the A Download data machine. RS232C connector (9pin or 25pin) Centro connector RS232C cross cable (D-sub 9pin to D-sub 9pin) or (D-sub 25pin to D-sub 9pin) Ready to start download process when these trees appear. I/F circuit (9pin) 1 MCU-PWB FAX-PWB 6) 2 When downloading copier program, expand "Special(Copier)", and double-click on "All Data areas Download". (AR-M237/M277) Prepare following files necessary for program download • Maintenance software: maintenance.exe • Andromeda module file: ProcModelC.mdl (for AR-M237/M277 series) 1. Program download method (for Copier, and fax program) Following operational procedures are for: • Copier program • fax program 1) Make sure copier is off, and connect it to PC with download cable beforehand. 2) Start up the maintenance program on PC. Select model name "AR-M236/M276/M237/M277 Series" from the model selection dialogue box. When downloading Fax program, Expand "FAX" and double click on "Program Data Area Download". AR-FX7 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 9 - 1 7) Select download file(*.dat), and press "Open" button. 8) Download procedure starts automatically. 9) Notice message "Download is complete. Check the copier panel to make sure the download is complete." will appear on PC. 10) Close the maintenance program, and turn off the copier. Turn on the copier again after pulling the plug. This is the end of download procedure. ∗ It is possible that download process somehow went wrong if the copier does not start up properly. In that case, start up the copier and maintenance program in download mode by repeating the step 1)-5) again. And then, Expand "Special", and double-click on "Confirm Error Status". If any of the message besides "No error has been occurred" appears, it means that download is incomplete, so please try again. 2. Others (Troubleshooting) Followings are the error possibly occur during the download process and troubleshooting method. No 1 Warning/error message Incorrect destination. Continue with the download process? 2 Incorrect download file. 3 No downloadable data included. 4 This option not available. 5 The data size exceeds the Flash ROM size. Try again with the appropriate size of data. 6 Time out error. 7 Communication (incoming) error. 8 Checksum error. 9 Error during the download process. Error code: 0xXXXXXXXX 10 An error. [0xXXXXXXXX] Detail Destination of download file and copier doesn't match. Possible to select either continue or cancel the job. [TROUBLESHOOTING] To change destination, select "Yes". If not, select "No" and cancel download process. Invalid download file for the machine is selected, or the file format is not correct. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected. Unable to find appropriate data in selected download file. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected. Download procedure is executed on uninstalled optional kit. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Confirm installed optional kit. Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected. Panel flash ROM size is not enough to execute download procedure. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected. Exchange the flash ROM to the one which has more capacity. Transmission error Unable to receive data from the machine among the certain period of time. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable. Incorrect download procedure. The machine did not proceed download procedure correctly. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable. Make sure the communication device of PC(either COM or parallel) is under right condition. Transmission error The check sum value of the transmission data is mismatch. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC (either COM or parallel) is under right condition. Download data file operation error. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Restart maintenance program after confirming the selected download file is not abnormal and not using other application. The error occurred except the above errors. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC(either COM or parallel) is under right condition. AR-FX7 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 9 - 2 [10] TROUBLE CODE LIST Trouble code Main Sub code code F6 82 1. Machine trouble codes Trouble code Main Sub code code F6 00 Details of trouble Content Details Cause Check and remedy F6 10 Content Details Cause Check and remedy 80 Content Details Cause Check and remedy 81 Content Details Cause Check and remedy Details of trouble Content Details MCU-FAX communication trouble Communication establishment error/ framing/parity/protocol error FAX control PWB connector disconnection Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. FAX control PWB trouble Communication trouble between MCU and FAX control PWB FAX control PWB connector disconnection Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error IC on FAX PWB causes abnormality Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. Replace the FAX PWB. FAX control PWB communication trouble (Protocol) Communication trouble between MCU and FAX control PWB (Protocol error) FAX control PWB connector disconnection Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. FAX control PWB communication trouble (Parity) Communication trouble between MCU and FAX control PWB (Parity error) FAX control PWB connector disconnection Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. Cause Check and remedy 84 Content Details Cause Check and remedy 88 Content Details Cause Check and remedy 99 Content Details Cause Check and remedy AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 1 FAX control PWB communication trouble (Over-run) Communication trouble between MCU and FAX control PWB (Overrun error) FAX control PWB connector disconnection Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. FAX control PWB communication trouble (Framing) Communication trouble between MCU and FAX control PWB (Framing error) FAX control PWB connector disconnection Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. FAX control PWB communication trouble (Timeout) Communication trouble between MCU and FAX control PWB (Timeout error) FAX control PWB connector disconnection Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. FAX control PWB destination error The machine destination setup does not coincide with the FAX board destination setup. The machine destination setup (Sim 26-6) does not coincide with the FAX board setup Check the variety of FAX LIU PWB. Check the machine destination setup (Sim 22-6) and FAX country code (Soft SW table). 2. Communication result code Described on the communication report table, the communication management table, and the protocol communication report table when communication is completed. Result code (Communication result) 34 Communication report result column Cancel A. Composition of communication report code Communication result X X (X X X X) Upper 2 digits of a communication result code: Communication report code of 00 - 90 (Refer to the list of communication report codes.) Lower 4 digits of a communication result code: Codes used by serviceman. Top 2 digits Bottom 2 digits Communication report sub code 1 (Refer to the list of communication sub code 1.) Communication report sub code 2 (Refer to the list of communication sub code 2.) 35 Power OFF 38 Reception memory over 42 Reception length over 44 Document error 46 No response from the other party OK The other party has no polling function. Note) Communication report sub code 1 and sub code 2 are in hexadecimal. (The others are in decimal.) <Communication result code list> Result code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Final reception signal (Transmitting side) Abnormal signal NSF, DIS CFR FTT MCF PIP, PIN RTN, RTP No signal, DCN PPR Final reception signal (Receiving side) Abnormal signal (SID), (SUB), NSS, DCS (PWD), (SEP), NSC, DTC EOP EOM MPS PRI-Q DCN PPS-EOP PPS-EOM PPS-MPS, PPS-NULL RR CTC EOR-Q PPS-PRI-Q RNR CTR ERR Abnormal signal NSF, DIS CFR FTT MCF PIP, PIN RTN, RTP No signal, DCN PPR RNR CTR ERR Abnormal signal SID, SUB, NSS, DCS PWD, SEP, NSC, DTC PPS-EOP PPS-EOM PPS-MPS, PPS-NULL PRI-Q DCN RR CTC EOR-Q PPS-PRI-Q V.8 Phase-1 V.8 Phase-2 V.8 Phase-3 V.8 Phase-1 V.8 Phase-2 V.8 Phase-3 48 49 50 Polling is not accepted. 51 Polling allow number discrepancy 56 Interface not accepted 59 The other party has no function of F code bulletin board. F code polling is not accepted. (Note) For result codes 16 - 31, V.34 mode communication. For 32 or later, refer to the table below. <Communication result code list> Result code (Communication result) 0 – 31 33 Communication report result column Refer to the previous table. Busy 60 Communication interruption content Depends on the communication disconnection position. For 16 or later, V.34 mode communication. The calling side cannot connect the line with the other party. 61 AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 2 F code bulletin board number discrepancy Communication interruption content When a communication interruption command is delivered during transmission or reception, <Send/Receive/ Poll/Bulletin> When the operation is interrupted by the stop key. When the power is cur off during sending or receiving, <Send/Receive/Poll/Bulletin> When memory is over during reception, <Receive/Poll>. When printing cannot be performed during reception due to inhibition of proxy reception, <Receive/Poll> When the received data length of one page exceeds the range during reception, <Receive/Poll> When a document jam occurs during direct transmission, <Send> When the FAX signal from the other party is not detected within T1 time, <Send/Poll> Communication normal end When the called side has no polling function in polling reception, <Poll> When the called side has no transmission data, <Bulletin> When DCN is received for DTC in polling reception, <Poll> When there is no transmission data in polling transmission, <Bulletin> When the allow number does not coincide in polling transmission, <Bulletin> When the system number does not coincide in polling transmission, <Bulletin> 1) When DCN is received for NSS in transmission of the relay instruction, <Send> 2) When a receiving station number that is not registered is instructed in reception of the relay instruction, <Receive> 3) When F code relay instruction is received during F code relay broadcasting, <Receive> When the other party machine does not have DIS bit 47 (Selective polling function) in F code polling (ringing), <Poll> When DCN is received for SEP in F code polling (ringing), <Poll> When there is no transmission data for SEP in bulletin board, <Bulletin> When the sub address (bulletin board number (SEP)) does not coincide in bulletin board, <Bulletin> Result code (Communication result) 62 Communication report result column F code bulletin board password discrepancy The other party has no function of F code. Communication interruption content When the pass code (PWD) does not coincide in bulletin board, <Bulletin> 63 When the other party machine does not have DIS bit 49 (sub address capacity) in F code transmission, <Send>. Check that the other party machine conforms to F code. 64 F code is not When F code is transmitted, accepted. <Send> 1) When DCN is received for SUB, check the BOX number. 2) When DCN is received for SID, check BOX number and the pass code. When F code is received, <Receive> When the F code relay broadcast function or the F code confidential reception function is inhibited with soft switches. 67 F code When the pass code (SID) password does not coincide in F code discrepancy reception, <Receive> 68 BOX NO. NG When a BOX number that is not registered is instructed (SUB discrepancy) in F code reception, <Receive> 69 Memory over Memory over in quick online sending • When communication result is OK, the communication result sub code 1 and sub code 2 are 0000. <Communication result sub code> Result code 2 02 03 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 Communication interruption content EOL time over Carrier detection time over Memory image decoding error Memory image decoding error Time up between frames in phase C Polarity reversion detection Invalid command reception Time over (1min timer/6sec timer) PUT error In V.34 mode, time up is generated when shifting from Primary to Control. In V.34 mode, time up is generated when shifting from Control to Primary. Polarity reversion detection Invalid command reception Fall back retry number over Resend over of the number of times of command retry Time over (T5 timer) Time over (T5 timer) in V.34 mode Time over occurrence during shift from Primary to Control in V.34 mode Modem chip answering NG Transmission/ Reception Reception Reception Reception Transmission Transmission/ Reception Reception Reception Reception Reception Reception Reception Transmission Transmission Transmission Transmission Transmission Transmission Transmission Transmission/ Reception • < > indicates the communication means. <Send>, send; <Receive>, receive; <Poll>, polling; <Bulletin>, bulletin board The status code from the modem in V.34 mode is indicated with the communication result sub code 1 (top 2 digits). However, the communication sub code 1 is 00 in communication other than V.34 mode. 3. List of buzzer sounds in case of FAX abnormality – : Long sound • : Single sound 3: Pause Example: In case of TEL/LIU connection abnormality {{– • • • • •} repeats {Pee • pi • pause • pi • pi • pi • pi}. Beep sound pattern –• •• Information content Detail –• ••• Expanded memory connection abnormality Internal DMA transfer abnormality –• •••• TEL/LIU PWB connection abnormality –•• • –••• • Program ROM (main section) writing not completed Program ROM (font section) writing not completed Work DRAM (IC13, 14) abnormality –•• •• –••• •• SRAM (IC41) abnormality 1 –••• ••• SRAM (IC41) abnormality 2 –•– – –••– –•••– MCU upload no responding System abnormality 1 System abnormality 2 Trouble content Expanded memory insertion abnormality Expanded memory reinsertion Internal DMA transfer operation abnormality TEL/LIU PWB is not connected to the main PWB. Program ROM (main section) data abnormality Program ROM (font section) data abnormality Work DRAM abnormality PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble MCU PWB does not respond. Various internal operation abnormality Various internal operation abnormality AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 3 Download retry Download retry IC13, 14: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble IC41: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble IC41: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble MCU PWB - main PWB connection PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble [11] ELECTRICAL SECTION 1. Block diagram A. Main block diagram FAX UNIT FAX MAIN PWB IMAGE PROCESSING MEMORY SRAM 1Mbit IMAGE PROCESSING GATE ARRAY SRAM CONTROL SCANNING PROCESS FLOW VERTICAL SCANNING 2/3X SCAN I/F SDRAM CONTROL IMAGE ROTATING VERTICAL SCANNING 1/2X MN 86065 I/F COPIER 2/3X Resolution conversion PRINT I/F IMAGE ROTATING 3x3 CPU I/F FAX GA I/F PRINT PROCESS FLOW PAGE MEMORY SDRAM 128Mbit SRAM 1Mbit CPU (SH7709A) SYSTEM CONTROL GATE ARRAY MEM ORY back up WORK MEMORY SDRAM 16Mbit x 2 BACK UP BACK UP MEMORY MEMORY SRAM SRAM 2Mbit 2Mbit x 2 FAX IMAGE MEMORY FLASH ROM 16Mbit LIU PWB MODEM MN195006-E SILICON DAA DMAC CONTROL CPU I/F GATE ARRAY I/F SRAM CONTROL VOICE IC I/F RTC I/F MODEM CONTROL MN 86065 I/F LINE PSUED RINGER (JAPAN ONLY) EX TEL VOICE IC SI-3000 MN86065 I/F Program ROM PWB Speaker Handset (Japan only) ADD-ON MEMORY (AR-MM9) 8MB PROGRAM FLASH ROM (JAPAN)16Mb x2 (EX)8Mb x 2 Program MEMORY CONNECTOR HANDSET (Japan only) ADD-ON MEMORY CONNECTOR CODEC MEMORY SRAM 1Mbit CEDEC IC MN86065 BUS BUFFER B. TEL/LIU PWB block diagram Modular Connector FAX Control Program ROM Surge/ Filter Circuit DAA Circuit (TNV Side) DAA Circuit (Secondary Side) MODEM FG FAX Control CPU Circuit Relay CI Detector Circuit Copier HOOK Detector Circuit LIU 24Vdc Modular Connector to the External Telephone 5Vdc Power Supply 3.3Vdc FAX main AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 1 Copier 120Vac Printer I/F Unit 2. Circuit diagram A. FAX MAIN PWB 8 7 6 5 FAX MAIN PWB (CPU) +3.3V R1 4.7K CN1 PCTXD PCRXD 1 2 3 4 D TP672 TP671 R3 R4 R2 4.7K I C1 100 100 S4B-PH-SM3-TB(NM) 5 6 7 8 R505 0 +3.3V 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 R1 0 VDD GND TP132 3 2 OSC515101J IS-19.6608M Hz-3.3TR R5 02 C242 F0.1u/16 GN D XIN VDD XOUT FS0 FS1 MODOUT LF VSS C410 P2782A -08SR C409 F0.1u/16 C270/25 R230 0 VO L[A] 0(3216)(NM) 128 R11 +3.3V L_BT- TxD1/SCPT(2) RxD1/SCPT(2) SOK0/SCPT(1) SCK1/SCPT(3) TxD2/SCPT(4) RxD2/SCPT(4) RTS2/SCPT(6) CTS2/IRQ5/SCP(7) TxD0/SCPT(0) RxD0/SCPT(0) SCK2/SCPT(5) TP730 112 R15 R561 10K 100 TP1127 204 R19 10K TP92 TP676 193 124 CPURE SAK TP1065 PW OFFDA204K R(NM) 7 R23 10K TP679 194 R24 10K R28 10K TP73 TP74 TP96 TP94 155 156 4 5 TP680 TP687 TP133 TP682 TP681 TP675 197 196 195 2 1 144 TP80 TP75 146 149 TP427 FB 4 MEM2012(NM) C400 F0.1u/16 +3.3V R32 10K R33 R(NM) R31 R34 10K 10K R35 10K R36 R(NM) R37 10K MD3 GN D +1.8V ASMD0/PTG(6) AUDATA(0)/PTG(0) AUDATA(1)/PTG(1) AUDATA(2)/PTG(2) AUDATA(3)/PTG(3) AUDSYNC/PTE(7) TCK/PTF(4)/PINT(12) TMS/PTF(6)/PINT(14) TRST/PTF(7)/PINT(15) TDI/PTF(5)/PINT(13) ASEBRKAK/PTG(5) AUDCK/PTH(6) 10K LE D R2 5 0 151 206 E 8 7 6 5 GN D +3.3V 164 171 169 TP731 Q1 KRC105S SRAMCLRR1 3 820 C B R1 4 820 TP1130 JP2 SD00415- 52(NM) LED1 LT1P67A 1 2 TP1128 K +3.3V R1 7 820 1 2 R1 8 820 LED2 LT1P67A JP3 SD00415- 52(NM) GN D A R2 1 R(NM) D18 TP742 GN D R22 CP U_ CKIO IC3 1 2 3 R558 330F 4 TP1505 VO L[A] 0 TP1129 R5 59 R(NM) 10K OUT TP89 TP91 AU DCK R5 60 0 4 OE 168 174 170 176 139 137 136 138 6.8K R398 R5 01 R(NM) X1 1 R500 R504 R(NM) TP158 TP162 TP157 TP747 HD6417709A F100 1 2 3 4 R9 GN D R(NM) C R6 4.7K CPU_TCK CPU_TMS TRSTCP U_TDI CPU_TDO ASEBR KRK- +5V +3.3V GN D R5 3.3K 166 172 165 167 127 135 133 131 130 94 NCS036- 014-DS(NM) FB 20 MEM2012(NM) 4 3 2 1 ASMD0AUDA TA0 AUDA TA1 AUDA TA2 AUDA TA3 AU DSYN C- 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 4 3 2 1 CN2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 FAXCMD FAXSTS FAXSR DYFAXCRDY - BR 9 MNR04 4.7K 8 7 6 5 BR 7 BR 8 MNR04 4.7K MNR04 4.7K +3.3V 5 6 7 8 GN D GN D TP674 TP673 TP88 TP90 GN D AN(6)/DA(1)/PTL(6) CASHL/PTJ(4) AN(5)/PTL(5) RESETP RESETM NMI CA XTAL EXTAL XTAL2 EXTAL2 MD5 MD4 MD3 MD2 MD1 MD0 CAP1 CAP2 TP1042 MEM2012(NM) 3 21 35 47 59 71 85 97 111 163 183 29 81 134 154 175 145 150 205 FB 5 +1.8V R231 0 TP1043 FB 6 MEM2012(NM) C326 A33u/10 C327 A33u/10 C4 B C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C1 0 C1 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 5 C1 6 C1 7 C1 8 C1 9 C2 0 C2 1 C2 2 C2 3 C2 4 F0.1u/16 B470/50 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 B470/50 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 TP76 TP78 R273 R274 GN D GN D GN D TP77 TP79 TP83 TP81 TP93 TP82 TP85 TP86 TP705 TP703 S_EN GDMA +3.3V GN D 10K 10K RGDT- R407 100 R4 9 R5 0 CI GN D GN D C324 DQ MUU B1000/50 DQMUL R273: Program FLASH NM(Intel)/10K(Fujituu) A TP704 TP716 10K 10K R5 1 R5 2 33 33 GDMAE GC CH Vcc(RTC) VccQ VccQ VccQ VccQ VccQ VccQ VccQ VccQ VccQ VccQ Vcc Vcc Vcc Vcc Vcc Vcc-PLL1 Vcc-PLL2 AVcc(3.3V) 208 198 148 147 173 153 152 132 79 27 181 161 109 95 83 69 57 45 33 19 6 184 143 142 141 140 126 129 11 125 110 107 92 91 AVss AVss Vss-PLL2 Vss-PLL1 Vss Vss Vss Vss Vss Vss VssQ VssQ VssQ VssQ VssQ VssQ VssQ VssQ VssQ VssQ Vss(RTC) RESETOUT/PTD(2) IRLS(0)/PTF(0)/PINT(8) IRLS(1)/PTF(1)/PINT(9) IRLS(2)/PTF(2)/PINT(10) IRLS(3)/PTF(3)/PINT(11) IOIS16/PTG(7) PTG(4) IRQ3/IRL3/PTH(3) ADTRG/PTH(5) CASLH/CASU/PTJ(3) RAS2L/PTJ(1) WE3/DQMUL/ICIOWR/PTK(7) WE2/DQMUL/ICIORD/PTK(6) GN D R274: Standard FLASH NM(Intel)/10K(Fujituu) R312 10K R313 10K GN D 8 7 6 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 2 5 4 3 2 1 1/10 D[0:15] D[16:31] A[1:25] A F100 BR 1 CKIO WAIT BREQ BACK RD WE0/DQMLL WE1/DQMLU/WE RD/WR BS/PTK(4) CS0/MCS(0) CS2/PTK(0) CS3/PTK(1) CS4/PTK(2) CS5/CE1A/PTK(3) CS6/CE1B DREQ0/PTD(4) DREQ1/PTD(6) DRAK0/PTD(1) DRAK1/PTD(0) IRQOUT IRQ2/IRL2/PTH(2) IRQ1/IRL1/PTH(1) IRQ0/IRL0/PTH(0) MCS(7)/PTC(7)/PINT(7) MCS(6)/PTC(6)/PINT(6) MCS(5)/PTC(5)/PINT(5) MCS(4)/PTC4)/PINT(4) MCS(3)/PTC(3)/PINT(3) MCS(2)/PTC(2)/PINT(2) MCS(1)/PTC(1)/PINT(1) MCS(0)/PTC(0)/PINT(0) DACK1/PTD(7) DACK0/PTD(5) WAKEUP/PTD(3) CAS2L/PTE(6) CE2B/PTE(5) CE2A/PTE(4) CAS2H/PTE(3) RAS3U/PTE(2) RAS2U/PTE(1) TDO/PTE(0) TCLK/PTH(7) IRQ4/PTH(4) STATUS1/PTJ(7) STATUS0/PTJ(6) CASHH/PTJ(5) 4 3 2 1 53 54 55 56 58 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 80 82 84 86 TP107 TP108 TP640 TP721 TP109 TP111 TP110 TP112 TP706 TP709 TP708 TP707 TP113 TP114 TP115 TP116 TP711 TP710 TP713 TP712 TP120 TP119 TP118 TP117 TP692 TP121 4 3 2 1 162 123 122 121 88 89 90 93 87 TP678 TP84 TP102 TP101 TP100 TP99 TP702 96 98 99 100 101 102 TP103 TP104 TP105 TP106 TP714 TP715 R4 5 R4 6 33 33 191 192 189 190 TP689 TP688 R4 7 R4 8 33 33 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 BR 5 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 BR12 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 BR16 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 MNR04 33 BR 10 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 BR 14 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 BR 18 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 TP125 TP662 TP661 TP660 TP666 TP665 TP664 TP663 TP659 TP658 TP657 TP656 TP667 TP668 TP669 TP670 TP655 TP722 TP736 TP701 TP735 TP733 TP734 TP732 TP1044 TP723 4 3 2 1 MNR04 ( NM) BR 6 4 3 2 1 BR13 4 3 2 1 MNR04 ( NM) BR17 4 3 2 1 MNR04 ( NM) MNR04 ( NM) BR11 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 R7 MNR04 ( NM) TP415 5 6 7 8 TP737 IC2 1 MNR04 ( NM) 8 6 4 2 BR19 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 19 MNR04 33 33 33 BR 26 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 BR 30 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 BR25 4 3 2 1 MNR04 ( NM) BR29 4 3 2 1 10K BR37 5 6 7 8 R4 4 4 3 2 1 33 BR 38 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 5 6 7 8 MNR04 ( NM) 5 6 7 8 CP U_ CKIO R1 6 0 TP686 VCC GND MNR04 ( NM) GN D TP1066 CK IO_SDRAM 20 +3.3V 10 C1 F0.1u/16 FB 3 MEM2012(NM) GN D C GN D R219 5 6 7 8 47 TP129 FB 13 MEM2012(NM) MNR04 ( NM) BR31 4 3 2 1 CK IO_GA2 TC74LCX244FT BR27 4 3 2 1 GN D R1 2 33 TP911 TP912 TP913 9 7 5 3 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 TP216 FB 2 MEM2012(NM) 2G 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 GN D 33 TP128 TP127 TP126 12 14 16 18 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 5 6 7 8 GN D BR 32 BR 33 BR 34 BR 35 BR 36 MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K +3.3V R4 0 MNR04 ( NM) R42 R(NM) R39 R(NM) 10K TUIKA1 WAIT- TP97 TP677 R43 5 6 7 8 BR23 4 3 2 1 R8 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1 8 7 6 5 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 MNR04 ( NM) 11 13 15 17 +3.3V 1G 1 2 3 4 BR28 5 6 7 8 MNR04 ( NM) CK IO_GA1 FB 1 MEM2012(NM) 6 5 8 7 MNR04 33 BR 22 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 33 BR15 4 3 2 1 3 4 1 2 5 6 7 8 MNR04 33 MNR04 33 160 10 9 8 D 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 BR24 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 MNR04 33 R3 8 R4 1 5 6 7 8 +3.3V BR 4 BR21 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 MNR04 ( NM) BR20 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 TP1067 TP1074 TP424 TP1070 TP1076 TP425 TP1072 TP1078 TP423 TP1068 TP1075 TP1069 TP1071 TP1077 TP426 TP1073 TP1094 TP1093 TP1092 TP1085 TP1088 TP1091 TP1084 TP1087 TP1090 TP1079 TP1083 TP1086 TP1089 TP1080 TP1081 TP1082 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BR 3 D3 1 D3 0 D2 9 D2 8 D2 7 D2 6 D2 5 D2 4 D2 3 D2 2 D2 1 D2 0 D1 9 D1 8 D1 7 D1 6 D1 5 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 +3.3V TP693 TP700 TP694 TP699 TP695 RD WE0WE1RD /WRBS- TP698 TP696 TP697 TP719 TP718 TP717 CS0CS2CS3CS4CS5CS6- WA ITRD WE0WE1RD/ WRBSCS0CS2CS3CS4CS5CS6- DR EQ[0]DR EQ[1]DRA K[0] DRA K[1] TP417 DRE Q[0]DRE Q[1]DRA K[0] DRA K[1] TP87 IR Q2IR Q1IR Q0- TP683 TP95 177 178 179 180 185 186 187 188 TP409 TP1502 TP1503 TP1504 115 114 182 TP727 TP729 116 104 103 117 118 119 120 TP528 TP527 TP7 TP8 TP15 TP14 TP98 159 12 TP739 TP635 158 157 113 TP740 TP738 TP728 B SPMUTE HNDM UTEMPXA EC CML TP135 TP137 TP136 207 203 202 201 200 199 IR Q2IR Q1IR Q0- S CI ON 150VON- TXSEL[A] VOLCNT [B] VOLCNT [A] VO L[C] VOL[B] VOL[A] C_BT 100 VRSEL[3]VRSEL[2]VRSEL[1]- HS2- C325 B1000/50 LI UID HS 1 RHS TP1260 R408 +3.3V BR 39 MNR04 10K GN D EXHS1 2 3 4 AN(7)/DA(0)/PTL(7) AN(4)/PTL(4) AN(3)/PTL(3) AN(2)/PTL(2) AN(1)/PTL(1) AN(0)/PTL(0) TP685 TP634 TP638 TP639 TP632 TP633 TP649 TP648 TP650 TP647 TP626 TP627 TP651 TP624 TP652 TP623 TP653 TP625 TP654 TP636 TP628 TP629 TP637 TP630 TP631 TP646 TP720 TP641 TP645 TP642 TP643 TP644 1 2 3 4 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 BR 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 22 23 24 25 26 28 30 31 32 34 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 46 48 49 50 51 52 8 7 6 5 D31/PTB(7) D30/PTB(6) D29/PTB(5) D28/PTB(4) D27/PTB(3) D26/PTB(2) D25/PTB(1) D24/PTB(0) D23/PTA(7) D22/PTA(6) D21/PTA(5) D20/PTA(4) D19/PTA(3) D18/PTA(2) D17/PTA(1) D16/PTA(0) D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 CASLL/CASL/PTJ(2) RAS3L/PTJ(0) CKE/PTK(5) 4 108 106 105 TP726 TP724 TP725 R5 3 R5 4 R5 5 33 33 33 TP123 TP124 TP122 CASLRAS3LCK E 3 2 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 3 A 1 4 3 FAX MAIN PWB (FLASH) D[16:31] D[0:15] A[1:25] D IC 70 IC5 +3.3V R550 10K ROMPCE- C R549 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 0 9 16 17 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 12 28 11 14 TP892 10 ROMPOEROMPWEROMPWP- A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 CE RP OE WE WP NC IC6 DQ15 DQ14 DQ13 DQ12 DQ11 DQ10 DQ9 DQ8 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0 RY/BY BYTE 45 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 44 42 40 38 35 33 31 29 D1 5 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 15 47 TP895 +3.3V R5 6 1K RO MPRY +3.3V R5 7 10K 13 37 VPP VCC C2 7 A33u/10 27 46 GND GND C2 9 F0.1u/16 C3 0 F0.1u/16 MBM29LV 160BE90PFTN(NM) IC5 QS51 QS52~ A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 9 16 17 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 12 28 11 14 TP893 10 ROMPOEROMPWEROMPWP- A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 DQ15 DQ14 DQ13 DQ12 DQ11 DQ10 DQ9 DQ8 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0 RY/BY BYTE D3 1 D3 0 D2 9 D2 8 D2 7 D2 6 D2 5 D2 4 D2 3 D2 2 D2 1 D2 0 D1 9 D1 8 D1 7 D1 6 15 47 TP894 ROMNOEROMNWEROMNWP- DQ15 DQ14 DQ13 DQ12 DQ11 DQ10 DQ9 DQ8 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0 RY/BY BYTE VPP VCC CE RP OE WE WP NC GND GND MBM29LV 160BE90PFTN RO MPRY +3.3V R5 8 10K A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 C2 8 A33u/10 27 46 GND GND IC6 QS51 QS52~ MBM29LV160 MBM29LV800 TP272 26 12 28 11 14 10 ROMNCE- C3 1 F0.1u/16 C3 2 F0.1u/16 MBM29LV 160BE90PFTN(NM) GN D 9 16 17 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 13 37 VPP VCC CE RP OE WE WP NC 45 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 44 42 40 38 35 33 31 29 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 ROMBANK0 GN D MBM29LV160 MBM29LV800 ROMBANK1 ROMRPROMOCERESRAMCE2 R553 R(NM) R554 33 ROMRP+3.3V +3.3V C3 6 F0.1u/16 R6 2 10K 14 +3.3V +3.3V TP385 TP146 IC 10 3 C3 7 F0.1u/16 VCC OUT 1 4 GND RES 7 TP383 TP145 GN D 2 1 5 IC 9A TC74LCX14FT IC 20C 14 6 7 TC74LCX04FT RO MORY R534 33 RES- 2 PST591IMT GN D B GN D +3.3V 10K +3. +3.3V IC 11A 2 7 1 TC74LCX05FT C4 1 C(NM) R6 4 0 D1 6 C4 2 F0.1u/16 1SS355 R292 2.2K +3.3V TP1236 ZD 2 TC74LCX14FT R293 10K UDZ2.0B ROMOCID1 E IC9 D 8 R600 TP397 14 TP422 9 MANRES- TP1238 GN D R6 6 0 TC74LCX05FT Q13 KTC3875 R291 5.6K R294 1K Q14 KTA1504 TP1240 RAMCE2 R295 470( 2012) SW1 C4 3 B2200/50 B TP1237 E IC 11B 4 C TP396 3 SKH U(NM) GN D FRESET TP1239 B C R6 3 10K GN D GN D SW2 SW2 TP392 A R253 0 9 IC 11D 8 SW2 TP389 TC74LCX05FT TP391 R254 0 11 IC 11E 10 TP388 TC74LCX05FT TP390 R255 0 13 IC 11F 12 TP387 TC74LCX05FT GN D 4 3 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 4 2 1 2/10 D D1 5 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 45 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 44 42 40 38 35 33 31 29 DQ15 DQ14 DQ13 DQ12 DQ11 DQ10 DQ9 DQ8 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0 RO MNRY TP268 R6 0 1K 15 47 RY/BY BYTE R59 10K 13 37 VPP VCC +3.3V C3 3 A33u/10 27 46 GND GND C3 4 C3 5 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 V 160BE90PFTN GN D MBANK0 IC9 C 6 5 R1020 33 14 MBANK1 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D1 0 D1 1 D1 2 D1 3 D1 4 D1 5 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D1 0 D1 1 D1 2 D1 3 D1 4 D1 5 TC74LCX14FT IC 72C R613 33 9 8 10 14 7 OMOCE- +3.3V TC74LCX32FT IC 72D R614 33 1K 12 11 TC74LCX32FT R6 1 7 13 O MORY 10K 8 7 6 5 10K 10K 10K +3.3V RES- +3.3V CN1 0 BR131 5 6 7 8 4 MNR04 33 3 BR132 2 1 1 8 2 7 MNR04 33 3 6 BR133 4 5 1 8 MNR04 33 2 7 6 BR134 3 4 5 1 8 2 7 MNR04 33 3 6 BR135 4 5 1 8 MNR04 33 2 7 6 BR136 3 4 5 1 8 2 7 MNR04 33 3 6 BR137 4 5 1 8 MNR04 33 2 7 3 6 4 5 R506 33 R379 MNR04 33 10K 1 2 3 4 R229 R228 R227 R226 BR 46 MNR04 10K 4 3 2 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 BR130 5 6 7 8 R600 10K +3.3V ROMOOEROMOWPROMOWEROMOCD0 ROMOCD1 +3.3V ROMOCID0 OMOCID1 IC11C 6 C3 8 A33u/10 5 TC74LCX05FT A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15/A-1 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31 RP RY/BY BYTE VPP 1CE D15/A-1 2CE NC OE WP WE NC VCC GND VCC GND GND GND NC A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 BR147 A22 MNR04 33 4 5 3 6 2 7 BR148 1 8 4 5 3 6 2 7 BR149 1 8 4 5 3 6 MNR04 33 2 7 BR150 1 8 4 5 MNR04 33 3 6 2 7 BR151 1 8 4 5 3 6 MNR04 33 2 7 BR152 1 8 4 5 MNR04 33 3 6 2 7 BR153 1 8 4 5 3 6 MNR04 33 2 7 BR154 1 8 4 5 MNR04 33 3 6 2 7 1 8 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D1 0 D1 1 D1 2 D1 3 D1 4 D1 5 D1 6 D1 7 D1 8 D1 9 D2 0 D2 1 D2 2 D2 3 D2 4 D2 5 D2 6 D2 7 D2 8 D2 9 D3 0 D3 1 ROMRPRO MPRY +3.3V ROMPCE- R552 10K R551 33 +3.3V R547 33 R548 MNR04 33 10K ROMPOEROMPWPROMPWE- +3.3V C406 A33u/10 DMM2-SD72A-1131 SRAMCLR- CN 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 28 31 32 29 33 34 36 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 41 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 35 37 38 49 50 51 52 53 54 56 57 58 60 59 62 63 64 19 45 48 55 40 12 42 43 44 46 47 11 10 30 61 1 20 39 72 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15/A-1 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31 RP RY/BY BYTE VPP 1CE D15/A-1 2CE NC OE WP WE NC VCC GND VCC GND GND GND NC C B DMM2-SD72A-1131 C3 9 C4 0 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 3 2 1 RAMCE2 13 14 15 16 17 18 28 31 32 29 33 34 36 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 41 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 35 37 38 49 50 51 52 53 54 56 57 58 60 59 62 63 64 19 45 48 55 40 12 42 43 44 46 47 11 10 30 61 1 20 39 72 C407 C408 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 GN D GN D 4 5 6 SW2 RF-H062T D-1130 GN D Normally operation Download execution Download creation (OP→STD) (STD→OP) SRAM clear SW2-1 SW2-2 A SW2-3 : With jumper : No jumper 2 1 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 5 A FAX MAIN PWB (SRAM) D[16:31] D[0:15] A[1:25] IC 13 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 B TP891 TP890 IC 71 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 RAMCE2 R287 R(NM) GN D 14 +3.3V IC 72A 9 10 7 11 4 12 1 31 2 3 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 30 6 32 5 R530 TP1114 33 1 3 2 7 C241 F0.1u/16 35 34 18 17 16 15 14 36 CKIO_SDRA M CK E CS3RAS3LCASLRD /WRWE0WE1- RAMCERAMOERAMWERAMUBRAMLB- NC/A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 D1 5 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 33 37 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 CLK CKE CS RAS CAS WE LDQM UDQM NC NC I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10 I/O9 I/O8 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC GND GND GND GND GND GND 49 48 46 45 43 42 40 39 12 11 9 8 6 5 3 2 D1 5 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 1 7 13 25 38 44 CKIO_SDRA M CKE CS3RAS3LCASLRD/ WRDQMUL DQ MUU +3.3V C4 6 A10u/16 4 10 26 41 47 50 C4 4 F0.1u/16 TP889 TP888 C4 5 F0.1u/16 GN D W981616BH +3.3V VBT3.3 D2 5 1SS355(NM) VCC CE1 CE2 OE WE 29 28 27 26 25 23 22 21 19 20 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21 8 C5 0 C5 2 A10u/16 F0.1u/16 VSS 24 D2 4 1SS355(NM) ZD 3 UDZ2.0B IS62W V2568B LL-70 TC74LCX32FT GN D TP1234 R290 1K C252 C150/50 GN D TP1233 R288 360 C417 F1u/10(1608)(NM) R289 560 14 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 IC 72B R531 TP1115 33 4 6 A 7 5 TC74LCX32FT C253 C150/50 9 10 7 11 4 12 1 31 2 3 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 30 6 32 5 NC/A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 29 28 27 26 25 23 22 21 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 GN D VCC CE1 CE2 OE WE Q11 KTC3875 B I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 8 C5 1 F0.1u/16 VSS 24 IS62W V2568B LL-70 GN D A AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 6 E IC 73 C GN D B 3/10 IC 14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 19 20 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21 35 34 18 17 16 15 14 36 AM KE S33LLWRMUL MUU TP889 TP888 33 37 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 49 48 46 45 43 42 40 39 12 11 9 8 6 5 3 2 I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10 I/O9 I/O8 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 CLK CKE CS RAS CAS WE LDQM UDQM B 1 7 13 25 38 44 VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC NC NC D3 1 D3 0 D2 9 D2 8 D2 7 D2 6 D2 5 D2 4 D2 3 D2 2 D2 1 D2 0 D1 9 D1 8 D1 7 D1 6 +3.3V C4 9 A10u/16 4 10 26 41 47 50 GND GND GND GND GND GND C4 7 F0.1u/16 C4 8 F0.1u/16 GN D W981616BH +3.3V +5V R555 0 C5 3 A10u/16 R556 0 IC 93 C5 5 A10u/16 2 VCC OUT GND NC 1 2.0B TP1137 +3.3V 4 TP1235 GN D 3 PST3426 GN D Q12 VBT3.3 MMBTA56 GN D L_BT- D1 0 D2 6 1SS355(NM) +3.3V Q11 KTC3875 RB751V-40(NM) +5V +5V JP 4 SD00415- 52(NM) D3 1SS355 D23 1 TP1135 1SS355(NM) 2 R7 0 R(NM) R507 R(NM) 3 TP1134 R7 4 R7 5 82K 1.6K TP1007 R1057 0 R7 6 R(NM) 2 R508 R(NM) TP421 + - R557 R(NM) 1 IC 16A KIA393F (NM) C5 8 C(NM) R7 8 1.6K TP1008 1 GN D BT1 CR2477- H01 GN D 2 TP1009 TP1136 6 R8 0 5 0 GN D GN D C_BT C_BT Q2 DTC363EKA T146 B C E R1058 20K D1 4 RLS-73(NM) 8 R1061 0 4 1234 R290 1K GN D B AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 7 + 7 IC 16B KIA393F (NM) TP378 A 8 7 6 5 FAX MAIN PWB (MCU I/F) R387 0(3216) +5VS C321 F0.1u/16 D C322 A33u/10 CN4 TX24-60R-12ST-H1 GN D SG SG GDATA0 GDATA1 GDATA2 GDATA3 GDATA4 GDATA5 GDATA6 GDATA7 GDATA8 GDATA9 GDATA10 GDATA11 GDATA12 GDATA13 GDATA14 GDATA15 SG SG FAXPRDFAXREQ1PFAXACK1PFAXCS1PSG 0(3216) C6 5 F0.1u/16 C6 6 A33u/10 +5V 34 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K R234 R235 R236 R237 R238 TP1231 SG SG FAXWU- TC GN D IC TP1230 K K +5VS AK R1060 10K R245 0 10K R8 3 100 R244 R1059 10K DA204K R243 D22 GN D 10K 13 43 14 44 15 45 A DA204K 10K A D21 GN D +3.3V R242 AK R241 +5VS TC GN D IC 22 R8 4 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 TP748 R(NM) 100 BR47 BR48 BR49 BR50 MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K +3.3V 16 46 TP1211 TP1210 TP1209 TP1208 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 MNR04 33 8 BR104 5 6 7 MNR04 33 8 BR105 5 6 7 MNR04 33 8 BR106 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 MNR04 33 8 BR107 4 3 2 1 13 R285 100 C7 3 B1000/50 C418 B1000/50 C419 B1000/50 1 19 R8 5 10K TP1215 GDATA0 TP1214 GDATA1 TP1213 GDATA2 TP1212 GDATA3 TP1207 GDATA4 TP1206 GDATA5 TP1205 GDATA6 TP1204 GDATA7 TP1200 GDATA8 TP1201 GDATA9 TP1202 GDATA10 TP1203 GDATA11 TP1219 GDATA12 TP1218 GDATA13 TP1217 GDATA14 TP1216 GDATA15 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 1G 2G VCC GND GN D 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 20 10 TC74LCX244FT GN GN D TP1232 IC 9B 4 3 R286 33 + C8 1 C100/50 TC74LCX14FT GN D 25 55 IC 26 GDATA[0:15] 26 56 27 57 TP160 28 58 29 59 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 +3.3V 20 C8 5 F0.1u/16 10 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 VCC 1G 2G 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1 19 GND TC74LCX244FT GN D 30 60 HOLE H7 HOLE HOLE H6 H5 HOLE HOLE H4 HOLE H3 H2 H1 GN D HOLE TP1055 GN D CN1 2 B3B-PH-K-S A 1 2 3 8 11 R284 100 C7 2 B1000/50 B FAXREQ0PFAXACK0PFAXCS0P- IC GN D EXTRS 11 41 12 42 17 47 18 48 19 49 20 50 21 51 22 52 23 53 24 54 +3.3V C7 1 A33u/10 FRESET- 7 37 8 38 9 39 10 40 +3.3V TP897 C7 0 F0.1u/16 R233 GN D 5 35 6 36 5 6 7 8 FAXPAGEFAXDETFAXCMD FAXSTS FAXCRDYFAXSRDY- 0(3216) R391 C6 4 A10u/35 4 3 2 1 C R390 C6 3 F0.01u/50 5 6 7 8 SG SG SG SG 3 33 4 +24V C243 F0.01u/50 4 3 2 1 RESETNC / EXTRS PWOFFNC / FAXWUPRLINESCLINEHSYNCREADY- 0(3216) 5 6 7 8 +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V 0(3216) R389 4 3 2 1 +5V / +5VS R388 5 6 7 8 +5V +5V +5V 1 31 2 32 4 3 2 1 +24V +24V +24V +24V 7 1 2 3 6 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 8 5 GN 4 3 2 1 4/10 D5 IC19 0 R260 0 IN C6 8 F0.01u/50 KIA78M12P(NM) OUT OUT IN +12V GND R8 1 C244 F0.01u/50 C6 7 A47u/16(NM) C6 9 F0.1u/16 GND +24V D 1SS355(NM) GN D IC 9E 10 11 TP395 FRESET R615 33 TC74LCX14FT IC9 F 12 13 TP386 1 TC74LCX14FT IC 20A14 2 7 TC74LCX04FT R616 33 PWOFF- R240 2 VCC GND 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 PR LINESC LINEREAD YFAXSTS FAXCRDY FAXACK1PFAXCS1PFAXREQ0P- TP745 TP746 20 +3.3V 10 C7 7 F0.1u/16 D7 GN D 1SS355(NM) TP1131 TP1103 IC23 +5V R8 6 0 R262 0 3 IN LCX244FT C7 9 F0.1u/16 TP384 3 +3.3V IC 20B14 4 7 TC74LCX04FT LM1117MPX-3.3(NM) 2 OUT1 TP1049 R246 R(NM) MDM3.3V 4 OUT2 C8 0 F0.1u/16 1 GN D IC 9B 4 C MEM2012(NM) FB 15 GND 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 0 +3.3V C7 8 A33u/10 GN D R617 33 HS YNC- 1G 2G 10K 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 10K 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 R248 R8 7 10K R247 TC74LCX14FT +3.3V FAXPAGEFAXCMD FAXSR DYFAXPRDFAXREQ1PFAXACK0PFAXCS0P- TP161 1 19 B LCX244FT GN D D8 1SS355 TP1124 0 R263 0 C8 3 F0.1u/16 3 IN LM1117MPX-1.8 2 OUT1 GND R8 8 OUT2 1 IC25 +3.3V TP410 +1.8V 4 C8 4 F0.1u/16 C8 2 A33u/10 GN D A 4 3 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 9 2 1 A C B FAX MAIN PWB (GA1) CD 1D3 CD 1D2 CD 1D1 CD 1D0 BR159 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 TP952 TP947 TP950 TP949 GN D GN TP374 R1005 33 CD1 UBETP1059 R1026 33(1608) CD 1WRTP1060 R1025 33(1608) C D1RDTP364 R1024 33(1608) CD1 CS - CD 1D7 CD 1D6 CD 1D5 CD 1D4 3.3V C9 1 F0.1u/1 5 6 7 8 GN D 4 3 2 1 3.3VGA1 RTCDT RTCCK RTCCE RT CIO 3.3VGA1 3 C100 F0.1u/16 BZ BT MDMRES- GN D MDMIRQ 3.3VGA1 R9 3 4.7K TP613 TP616 TP617 TP614 TP615 TP612 TP611 TP297 TP300 TP299 TP298 TP301 TP1099 TP305 TP306 TP307 TP303 TP304 TP513 TP1 TP596 TP580 TP581 TP582 TP51 TP302 TP586 TP587 TP585 TP584 TP583 GN D 3.3VGA1 C104 F0.1u/16 TP594 TP595 TP593 TP592 GN D 3.3VGA1 C106 F0.1u/16 GN D 3.3VGA1 C107 F0.1u/16 GN D 3.3VGA1 C108 F0.1u/16 2 TP589 TP588 TP590 TP591 G1D[0:7] GN D G2D[0:7] G1REQG1ACKG2REQG2ACK- R1022 33(1608) G1 D0 G1 D1 G1 D2 G1 D3 G1 D4 G1 D5 G1 D6 G1 D7 G2 D0 G2 D1 G2 D2 G2 D3 G2 D4 G2 D5 G2 D6 G2 D7 R1023 33(1608) BR169 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 BR170 4 5MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 TP878 TP872 TP870 TP869 TP874 TP871 TP877 TP875 TP873 TP876 TP868 TP867 TP862 TP861 TP863 TP860 TP864 TP865 TP859 TP866 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 GND-1 GND-2 VORES_N VOSD VOSI VOST_N VOCH_N VOBUSY_N VONAR NC TCK TDI TRST TDO RTCDT RTCCK RTCCE RTCIO VDD-19 GND-20 RTC245DIR RTC245OE_N BZ BT MDMRES_N MDMCS_N MDMRD_N MDMWR_N MDMIRQ TMS GND-31 MDMA[0] MDMA[1] MDMA[2] MDMA[3] MDMA[4] VDD-37 VDD-38 GND-39 GND-40 MDMD[0] MDMD[1] MDMD[2] MDMD[3] VDD-45 GND-46 MDMD[4] MDMD[5] MDMD[6] MDMD[7] VDD-51 GND-52 G1REQ_N G1ACK_N G2REQ_N G2ACK_N VDD-57 GND-58 G1D[0] G1D[1] G1D[2] G1D[3] G1D[4] G1D[5] G1D[6] G1D[7] G2D[0] G2D[1] G2D[2] G2D[3] G2D[4] G2D[5] G2D[6] G2D[7] GND-75 GND-76 IC 27 uPD65948G L-114NMU VDD- 77 VDD- 78 A[1] A[2] A[3] A[4] A[5] A[6] A[7] A[8] A[9] A[10] A[11] A[12] A[13] A[14] A[15] A[16] GND-95 GND-96 A[20] A[21] A[22] CS0_N CS4_N CS6_N BS_N RW (RD/WR-) RD_ N WE0_N WE1_N DRE Q[0]_N DRE Q[1]_N DRA K[0]_N DRA K[1]_N WAIT_N VDD 113 BR 51 MNR04 4.7K VDD- 304 VDD- 303 CDD[1 5] CDD[1 4] CDD[1 3] CDD[1 2] GND- 298 VDD- 297 CDD[1 1] CDD[1 0] CDD[9 ] CDD[8 ] GND- 292 VDD- 291 CDD[7 ] CDD[6 ] CDD[5 ] CDD[4 ] GND- 286 GND- 285 CDD[3 ] CDD[2 ] CDD[1 ] CDD[0 ] GND- 280 VDD- 279 CDA CKD_N CDA CKC_N CDRE QD CDRE QC GND- 274 VDD- 273 CDUB E_N CDWR_ N CDRD_ N CDCS _N GND 268 304 303 302 301 300 299 298 297 296 295 294 293 292 291 290 289 288 287 286 285 284 283 282 281 280 279 278 277 276 275 274 273 272 271 270 269 268 GN D 3.3VGA1 C9 0 F0.1u/16 GN D BR158 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 C328 A33u/10 GN D GN D TP954 TP953 TP948 TP951 FB 7 MEM2012(NM) GN D CD1A[0:3] CD1 D[ 0:15] 3.3VGA1 CD1 D1 1 CD1 D1 0 CD 1D9 CD 1D8 4 GN D TP1098 3.3VGA1 C8 9 F0.1u/16 BR157 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 0 +3.3V 3.3VGA1 C8 8 F0.1u/16 TP956 TP957 TP958 TP955 0 R9 1 3.3VGA1 C8 7 F0.1u/16 CD1 D1 5 CD1 D1 4 CD1 D1 3 CD1 D1 2 R271 C8 6 F0.1u/16 BR156 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 0 TP962 TP961 TP960 TP959 0 R301 TP1057 R1028 33(1608) CD1AC KD0TP1058 R1027 33(1608) CD1AC KC0TP363 CD1 RE QD0 TP375 CD1 RE QC0 3.3VGA1 R300 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 A20 97 A21 98 A22 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 33 TP416 108 33 109 TP691 110 TP690 111 R2 12 TP916 112 33 113 GN D 3.3VGA1 1 C110 F0.1u/16 GN D GN D DRE Q[0]DRE Q[1]- CS 0CS 4CS 6BSRD/ WRRDWE0 WE1 R1006 R1007 DRAK[ 0] DRAK[ 1] WAIT- A[1:25] 3.3VGA1 C115 F0.1u/16 GN D A B AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 10 C C D E 5/10 VGA1 3.3VGA1 C9 1 F0.1u/16 6 ND 3.3VGA1 GN D 3.3VGA1 3.3VGA1 C9 2 F0.1u/16 3.3VGA1 3.3VGA1 3.3VGA1 C9 4 C9 5 C9 6 C9 3 C9 7 B0.1u/25(1608)B0.1u/25( 1608)B0.1u/25(1608)B0.1u/25(1608)B0.1u/25(1608) GN D GN D GN D GN D GN D GN D BR162 MNR04 33 M1 D7 5 4 M1 D6 6 3 M1 D5 7 2 M1 D4 8 1 BR161 MNR04 33 M1 D3 5 4 M1 D2 6 3 M1 D1 7 2 M1 D0 8 1 TP999 TP998 TP997 TP994 TP995 TP970 TP971 TP993 BR160 MNR04 33 BR163 MNR04 33 M1D11 5 4 M1D10 6 3 M1 D9 7 2 M1 D8 8 1 TP996 TP1000 TP1001 TP1002 M1D15 M1D14 M1D13 M1D12 TP1006 TP1005 TP1004 TP1003 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 CD 1IRQCD1 CLK CD1 RESTP1062 TP428 TP1061 TP371 BR168 MNR04 33 CD1 A3 1 8 CD1 A2 2 7 CD1 A1 3 6 CD1 A0 4 5 TP361 TP360 TP359 TP372 4 CDRE QC GND- 274 VDD- 273 CDUB E_N CDWR_ N CDRD_ N CDCS _N GND- 268 GND- 267 VDD- 266 VDD- 265 CDA [3] CDA [2] CDA [1] CDA [0] GND- 260 VDD- 259 CDIRQ CDCL K CDRE S_N TRES_N GND- 254 VDD- 253 MD[15] MD[14] MD[13] MD[12] GND- 248 GND- 247 MD[11] MD[10] MD[9 ] MD[8 ] GND- 242 VDD- 241 MD[7 ] MD[6 ] MD[5 ] MD[4 ] GND- 236 VDD- 235 MD[3 ] MD[2 ] MD[1 ] MD[0 ] VDD- 230 VDD- 229 274 273 272 271 270 269 268 267 266 265 264 263 262 261 260 259 258 257 256 255 254 253 252 251 250 249 248 247 246 245 244 243 242 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 TP374 R1005 33 CD1 UBETP1059 R1026 33(1608) CD 1WRTP1060 R1025 33(1608) C D1RDTP364 R1024 33(1608) CD1 CS - M1D[0:15] GND-228 GND-227 MA[15] MA[14] MA[13] MA[12] GND-222 VDD-221 MA[11] MA[10] MA[9] MA[8] GND-216 VDD-215 MA[7] MA[6] MA[5] MA[4] GND-210 VDD-209 MA[3] MA[2] MA[1] MA[0] GND-204 VDD-203 MUB_N MLB_N MWE_N MOE_N MCE_N GND-197 VDD-196 RES_N CPURES_N MANRES_N GND-192 GND-191 VDD-190 VDD-189 RAMUB_N RAMLB_N RAMWE_N RAMOE_N RAMCE_N GND-183 BFDIR BFOE_N GND-180 ROMOCID[1] ROMOCID[0] ROMOCD[1] ROMOCD[0] ROMBNK[2] ROMBNK[1] ROMBNK[0] GND-172 VDD-171 ROMRY ROMOWP_N ROMOWE_N ROMOOE_N ROMOCE_N GND-165 ROMNRY ROMNWP_N ROMNWE_N ROMNOE_N ROMNCE_N ROMPRY ROMWP_N ROMPWE_N ROMPOE_N ROMPCE_N GND-154 GND-153 WE0_N WE1_N DRE Q[0]_N DRE Q[1]_N DRA K[0]_N DRA K[1]_N WAIT_N VDD- 113 VDD- 114 GND-115 GND-116 CLK BSSEL[ 0] BSSEL[ 1] IRQ [0]_N IRQ [1]_N MODE3 GND-123 D[0] D[1] VDD- 126 GND-127 D[2] D[3] GND-130 D[4] D[5] GND-133 GND-134 D[6] D[7] VDD- 137 GND-138 D[8] D[9] GND-141 D[10] D[11] VDD- 144 GND-145 D[12] D[13] GND-148 D[14] D[15] VDD- 151 VDD- 152 8G L-114NMU 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 BR175 MNR04 33 TP981 1 8 M1A15 TP984 2 7 M1A14 TP982 3 6 M1A13 TP985 4 5 M1A12 BR174 MNR04 33 TP983 1 8 M1A11 TP978 2 7 M1A10 TP979 3 6 M1A9 TP977 4 5 M1A8 BR173 MNR04 33 TP980 1 8 M1A7 TP974 2 7 M1A6 TP976 3 6 M1A5 TP973 4 5 M1A4 BR172 MNR04 33 TP975 1 8 M1A3 TP988 2 7 M1A2 TP987 3 6 M1A1 TP986 4 5 M1A0 TP992 TP989 TP972 TP991 TP990 R1052 R1053 R1054 R1055 R1056 R1011 R1013 TP940 33(1608) 33(1608) 33(1608) 33(1608) 33(1608) 33 33 BR138 MNR04 62 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 TP917 TP918 TP919 TP921 TP920 M1A[0:15] B0.1u/25( 1608) C9 8 GN D 3.3VGA1 B0.1u/25( 1608) C9 9 GN D 3.3VGA1 3 B0.1u/25( 1608) C101 GN D 3.3VGA1 M1UBM1LBM1WEM1OEM1CE- B0.1u/25( 1608) C102 GN D 3.3VGA1 B0.1u/25(1608) C103 GN D 3.3VGA1 R509 CPURESMANRESF0.1u/16 C105 R529 33 3.3VGA1 RAMUBRAMLBRAMWERAMOERAMCE- 100 RES- C401 C100/50 GN D GN D TP932 TP930 TP931 TP933 TP929 TP928 TP934 R1012 33 R1001 33 TP925 TP924 TP923 TP922 TP935 TP938 TP937 TP942 TP936 TP941 TP945 TP939 TP944 TP946 TP943 RO MOCID1 RO MOCID0 ROMOCD1 ROMOCD0 ROMBANK1 ROMBANK0 BR139 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 BR140 4 5 MNR04 33 8 1 2 7 BR141 3 6 MNR04 33 4 5 1 8 2 7 BR142 3 6 4 5 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 F0.1u/16 C109 3.3VGA1 RO MORY ROMOWPROMOWEROMOOEROMOCE- GN D 2 RO MNRY ROMNWPROMNWEROMNOEROMNCE RO MPRY ROMPWPROMPWEROMPOEROMPCE- 3VGA1 C115 F0.1u/16 D1 4 D1 5 D1 2 D1 3 D1 0 D1 1 D8 D9 D6 D7 D4 D5 D2 D3 D0 D1 33 33 TP684 33 R1008 R1009 R1010 D[0:15] 3.3VGA1 IRQ 0IRQ 1MD3 TP915 CK IO_GA1 TP914 DRE Q[0]DRE Q[1]- WE1 R1006 R1007 DRAK[ 0] DRAK[ 1] WAIT- 33 TP416 33 TP691 TP690 R2 12 TP916 33 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 GN D 3.3VGA1 C111 F0.1u/16 R94 R(NM) R95 R(NM) R9 6 0 R9 7 0 3.3VGA1 3.3VGA1 C112 F0.1u/16 GN D GN D 1 3.3VGA1 C113 F0.1u/16 C114 F0.1u/16 GN D GN D GN D GN D C D AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 11 E 4 3 FAX MAIN PWB (GA1-CODEC) 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 BR 57 BR 58 BR59 BR 60 MNR04 ( NM) MNR04 ( NM) MNR04 ( NM) MNR04 ( NM) D +3.3V CD1A[0:3] IC 28 CD 1A3 CD 1A2 CD 1A1 CD 1A0 CD1 D[ 0:15] CD2D[0:15] CD 2D15 CD 2D14 CD 2D13 CD 2D12 CD 2D11 CD 2D10 CD 2D9 CD 2D8 CD 2D7 CD 2D6 CD 2D5 CD 2D4 CD 2D3 CD 2D2 CD 2D1 CD 2D0 C BR114 4 3 2 1 BR116 4 3 2 1 CD1 RD- 1 CD2 RD- 2 MNR04 0 5 6 7 8 MNR04 0 5 6 7 8 R602 62 3 IC 82A TC74LCX08FT CD 1WR- 4 CD 2WR- 5 +3.3V MNR04 0 5 6 7 BR115 8 4 3 2 MNR04 0 1 5 6 7 BR117 8 4 3 2 1 CD 1D15 CD 1D14 CD 1D13 CD 1D12 CD 1D11 CD 1D10 CD 1D9 CD 1D8 CD 1D7 CD 1D6 CD 1D5 CD 1D4 CD 1D3 CD 1D2 CD 1D1 CD 1D0 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 CD1 UBE- 31 7 8 30 2 CD1 CS- 1 CD1 RESCD2 IRQ0 CD1 IRQCD2 IRQ1 R604 62 6 IC 82B TC74LCX08FT R109 10K R112 10K 42 43 44 45 R306 R(NM) R307 0 R103 1K TP968 TP969 R308 1K CD1 REQC0 C D2ACKC- TP373 CD2 REQC CD1 REQD0 C D2ACKD- TP362 CD2 REQD C D2ACKC- CD2ACKCCD1ACKD0- R528 R(NM) X3 1 4 FB 23 MEM2012(NM) OE OUT VDD GND R111 0 CD1 CLK 3 CD2ACKD+3.3V R113 R(NM) R115 0 TP376 TP418 FB 8 TP377 MEM2012(NM) 2 CLK16M OSC515101J IS-16.0000M Hz-3.3TR GN D GN D C245 F0.1u/16 +3.3V 125 126 127 128 GN D GN D 9 24 36 54 65 80 91 102 113 123 C129 C130 C131 C132 C133 C134 C135 C136 C137 C138 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16 B 32 33 34 35 38 39 TP966 40 C D2ACKD41 R114 R(NM) TP967 6 TP366 10 CD1ACKC0- R527 0 +3.3V 3 4 5 124 114 103 92 81 66 55 37 25 11 +3.3V 115 GN D 118 C329 A33u/10 A3 A2 A1 A0 IA15 IA14 IA13 IA12 IA11 IA10 IA9 IA8 IA7 IA6 IA5 IA4 IA3 IA2 IA1 IA0 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10 ID9 ID8 ID7 ID6 ID5 ID4 ID3 ID2 ID1 ID0 UBERDWRCSHEXRESETINTR0 INTR1 INTR2 REQC0 REQC1 REQD0 REQD1 IHREQ IHACK IREADY ACKC0ACKC1ACKD0ACKD1- IMUEIMLEIMRIMW- CLKIN CLKOUT EXA0 EXA1 TEST3 TEST2 TEST1 TEST0 DREQ0 DREQ1 DACK0DACK1- VDD1 VDD2 VDD3 VDD4 VDD5 VDD6 VDD7 VDD8 VDD9 VDD10 DCMP0DCMP1IORIOWPLLOFF NC67 NC68 NC69 NC70 NC71 NC72 VSS10 VSS9 VSS8 VSS7 VSS6 VSS5 VSS4 VSS3 VSS2 VSS1 SCANEN MINTEST MINTIN MINTC PCO 75 76 77 78 79 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 93 94 TP310 TP318 TP313 TP314 TP317 TP312 TP315 TP316 TP323 TP322 TP321 TP326 TP325 TP324 TP328 TP329 IA 15 IA 14 IA 13 IA 12 IA 11 IA 10 IA9 IA8 IA7 IA6 IA5 IA4 IA3 IA2 IA1 IA0 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 TP331 TP330 TP332 TP333 TP334 TP336 TP335 TP337 TP338 TP340 TP339 TP341 TP342 TP344 TP343 TP345 ID 15 ID 14 ID 13 ID 12 ID 11 ID 10 ID 9 ID 8 ID 7 ID 6 ID 5 ID 4 ID 3 ID 2 ID 1 ID 0 46 47 TP358 TP963 R302 56 TP1056 59 60 50 51 TP349 TP351 TP365 R1029 TP357 R1030 62 61 TP352 TP353 49 48 TP964 TP965 64 63 TP354 TP355 58 57 TP350 TP356 52 53 TP370 TP348 R304 R305 10K 10K 122 67 68 69 70 71 72 TP308 TP320 TP327 TP309 TP319 TP311 117 116 74 73 120 R122 TP347 2K GN D VREF5 VCOI AVDD 119 TP346 R123 C139 B2200/50 121 AVSS GN D MN86065 GN D A 3 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 12 10K 33(16 33(16 C141 F0.1u/16 4 10K R303 10 2 1 6/10 D ID [0: 15] IC 77 IA[0:15] IA 15 IA 14 IA 13 IA 12 IA 11 IA 10 IA9 IA8 IA7 IA6 IA5 IA4 IA3 IA2 IA1 IA0 ID 15 ID 14 ID 13 ID 12 ID 11 ID 10 ID 9 ID 8 ID 7 ID 6 ID 5 ID 4 ID 3 ID 2 ID 1 ID 0 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 R302 10K R303 10K 1029 1030 BR 61 +3.3V MNR04 10K 5 6 7 8 BR62 MNR04 10K 4 5 3 6 BR 63 2 7 MNR04 10K1 8 5 6 7 8 BR64 MNR04 10K 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 +3.3V IA 15 IA 14 IA 13 IA 12 IA 11 IA 10 IA9 IA8 IA7 IA6 IA5 IA4 IA3 IA2 IA1 IA0 1 2 3 4 5 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 42 43 44 6 17 41 39 40 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10 I/O9 I/O8 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 CE WE OE LB UB NC NC NC VCC VCC VSS VSS 38 37 36 35 32 31 30 29 16 15 14 13 10 9 8 7 ID 15 ID 14 ID 13 ID 12 ID 11 ID 10 ID 9 ID 8 ID 7 ID 6 ID 5 ID 4 ID 3 ID 2 ID 1 ID 0 22 23 28 +3.3V C260 F0.1u/16 11 33 C258 A33u/10 12 34 C259 F0.1u/16 GN D IS61LV6416-12T GN D +3.3V C R1062 10K R1063 10K R1064 10K R1065 10K +3.3V 33(1608) 33(1608) R304 R305 10K 10K M1D[0:15] GN D M1A[0:15] IC 32 M1A15 M1A14 M1A13 M1A12 M1A11 M1A10 M1A9 M1A8 M1A7 M1A6 M1A5 M1A4 M1A3 M1A2 M1A1 M1A0 K GN D R123 C139 C140 B2200/50 F0.01u/50 GN D M1CEM1WEM1OEM1LBM1UB- 100 TP1011 1 2 3 4 5 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 42 43 44 6 17 41 39 40 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10 I/O9 I/O8 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 CE WE OE LB UB NC NC NC VCC VCC VSS VSS GN D 38 37 36 35 32 31 30 29 16 15 14 13 10 9 8 7 22 23 28 BR179 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 BR178 3 6 MNR04 33 4 5 1 8 2 7 BR177 3 6 4 5 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 BR176 3 6 MNR04 33 4 5 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 TP368 TP369 TP367 M1D15 M1D14 M1D13 M1D12 M1D11 M1D10 M1D9 M1D8 M1D7 M1D6 M1D5 M1D4 M1D3 M1D2 M1D1 M1D0 B +3.3V 11 33 C142 A33u/10 12 34 C143 F0.1u/16 C144 F0.1u/16 IS61LV6416-12T GN D A 1 2 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 13 8 7 6 5 FAX MAIN PWB (MN195006E) MDM3.3V MDM1.8V C282 A33u/10 C283 A33u/10 MDM3.3V +3.3V TP1241 C284 F0.1u/16 C285 F0.1u/16 C286 F0.1u/16 C287 F0.1u/16 C288 F0.1u/16 C289 F0.1u/16 C290 F0.1u/16 C291 F0.1u/16 C292 F0.1u/16 C293 F0.1u/16 C320 F0.1u/16 D MDMIRQ R1031 MDM3.3V GN D 13 TP1258 14 12 7 33 R167 4.7K R170 33 R380 R(NM) TP601 IC 89F TC74LCX04FT GN D CS5- R249 0 IC 24D IC 24C 14 14 TP750 TP749 5 9 8 6 7 7 TC74LCX04FT TC74LCX04FT IC 24B14 3 4 7 TC74LCX04FT IC 24A 14 2 7 TC74LCX04FT R532 33 TP751 1 C294 F0.1u/16 C295 F0.1u/16 C296 F0.1u/16 C297 F0.1u/16 C298 F0.1u/16 C299 F0.1u/16 C300 F0.1u/16 R296 0 R297 0 C255 F0.1u/16 C301 F0.1u/16 MDM3.3V RD - TC74LCX08FT WE1WE0MDMRES- R510 100 41 C402 C100/50 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 GN D A[1:25] C 75 74 73 71 72 MNR04 100 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 BR112 TP29 GN D D[0:15] MNR04 100 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 D1 5 D1 4 D1 3 D1 2 D1 1 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 BR118 MNR04 100 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 BR120 MNR04 100 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 BR111 MNR04 100 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 100 98 96 95 94 93 91 90 88 87 85 84 GN D 53 52 97 86 62 42 21 9 55 54 92 78 68 44 30 15 3 NDPCS NDPRD NDPWR NUB NLB REGOU T REGOU T 2 T3IRQ VDD2 VDD2 VDD2 VDD2 VDD2 VDD2 1 3 VDDRE G VDDRE G 1 VDD3 VDD3 VDD3 VDD3 VDD3 VDD3 VDD3 R533 62 AVDD IC 75A IC 36 34 OSC5155 GN D TP NDBGREQ DBGMOD PLLON TMS TCK TDI TDO NRESET CXIN CXOUT CLKOUT CNT LON DPA11 DPA10 DPA09 DPA08 DPA07 DPA06 DPA05 DPA04 DPA03 DPA02 DPA01 DPA00 SCANNT MINTEST INTEST MODE0 MODE1 MN195006E EYECLK EYEDAT 26 27 36 33 31 29 28 GN R607 R608 R609 R368 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 47K TP1247 TP1248 39 38 43 37 51 MDMCLK 2 JP 15 SD00415- 52 2 JP 16 SD00415- 52 1 45 46 48 49 50 1 GN D 57 58 R315 47K R316 47K BR113 MNR04 100 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 BR119 MNR04 100 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 25 24 22 20 19 18 16 14 13 12 10 8 7 6 4 2 DPD15 DPD14 DPD13 DPD12 DPD11 DPD10 DPD09 DPD08 DPD07 DPD06 DPD05 DPD04 DPD03 DPD02 DPD01 DPD00 ABITCLK ASPCLK ATXD ARXD BBITCLK BSPCLK BTXD BRXD GPIO0 GPIO1 GPIO2 GPIO3 GPIO4 GPIO5 65 66 69 67 VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS 76 77 79 81 82 83 R320 47K 35 99 89 80 70 64 56 47 40 32 23 17 11 5 AVSS BR121 59 60 63 61 GN D R321 47K GN D GN D GN D R566 B GN D GN D A 8 7 6 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 14 5 33 14 IC89D 8 9 7 TC74LCX04FT 14 IC 89E 10 7 TC74L 4 3 2 1 7/10 D17 1SS355(NM) R619 R(NM) TP1241 +5V IN TP1242 R375 R376 R(NM) R(NM) R618 0 MDM1.8V R374 2.2K D 4 OUT2 1 C255 1u/16 LM1117MPX-1.8(NM) 2 OUT1 GND IC76 3 C256 F0.1u/16 C257 A33u/10 (NM) C315 F0.1u/16 SI3OUT GN D R377 R378 0 0 C416 B0.027u/10 MDM3.3V CN7 R512 0 R370 1 2 3 4 20K MDM3.3V C317 F0.1u/16 FB 21 MEM2012(NM) Vhnd C316 A10u/16 (NM) TX+ RX+ RXTXB4B-PH-K-S(NM) GN D C311 F1u/10( 1608) IC 87 GN D GN D GN D MDMCLK SPKRR MBIAS HDST SDI SDO FSYNC MCLK SCLK SPKRL LINEO GND VA VD LINEI MIC RESET R372 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 15K 4 2 3 NJM2135M(NM) C308 A10u/16 (NM) C312 F10u/10( 3216)(NM) 5 1 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C304 F0.1u/16 IC 88 6 X8 R511 OSC515500J IS-24.576MH z-3.3TR R(NM) 3 1 OUT OE TP1249 2 4 GND VDD C310 F1u/10( 1608) MDMCLK 2 JP 15 SD00415- 52(NM) 2 JP 16 SD00415- 52(NM) C313 F0.1u/16 Si3000-KS(NM) MDM3.3V R373 GN D R315 7K R316 47K R317 47K R318 47K GN D C309 A10u/16 (NM) 22K C314 F0.1u/16 R319 47K MDM_ASPCLK MDM_ATXD MDM_ARXD R371 R(NM) GN D Vhnd GN D GN D C HNDM UTE- MDM3.3V R323 47K R324 47K R325 47K R326 47K R327 47K AFERES- R321 47K GN D R322 R(NM) R329 47K GN D GN D R328 R(NM) GN D MDM3.3V R314 47K 4FT 14 IC 89E 10 11 7 TC74LCX04FT MDM_ABITCLK B +3.3V +3.3V C414 F0.1u/16 C415 F0.1u/16 TP147 13 GN D GN D IC24F 14 12 7 TC74LCX04FT TP148 GN D R622 0 R620 0 MDM3.3V R621 R(NM) Vhnd FB 24 MEM2012(NM) +5V GN D GN D A GN D 4 3 2 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 15 1 A B C FAX MAIN PWB (GA2) 4 0 R299 0 R272 0 R184 0 3.3VGA2 C179 F0.1u/16 TP1063 3.3VGA2 +3.3V FB10 MEM2012(NM) 3.3VGA2 C180 F0.1u/16 GN D D[0:15] C340 A33u/10 GN D R180 R(NM) R181 0 R182 R(NM) R183 0 304 303 D1 5 302 D1 4 301 300 D1 3 299 D1 2 298 297 296 D1 1 295 D1 0 294 293 D9 292 D8 291 290 289 D7 288 D6 287 286 285 D5 284 D4 283 282 D3 281 D2 280 279 278 D1 277 D0 276 275 TP212 274 FAXCS1PTP213 273 FAXACK1PIRQ 2272 TP211 271 TP214 270 269 CK IO_GA2 268 267 266 R2 17 265 WAI T264 TP215 33 263 WE1262 WE0261 RDTP210 260 FAXREQ1P259 BS258 CS2A25 257 A24 256 A23 255 A22 3.3VGA2 R298 C181 F0.1u/16 GN D GN D 3.3VGA2 GN D C182 F0.1u/16 C18 F0.1u GN D VDD- 304 VDD- 303 D[15] D[14] GND- 300 D[13] D[12] GND- 297 VDD- 296 D[11] D[10] GND- 293 D[9] D[8] GND- 290 VDD- 289 D[7] D[6] GND- 286 GND- 285 D[5] D[4] GND- 282 D[3] D[2] GND- 279 VDD- 278 D[1] D[0] GND- 275 NC[3 ] NC[2 ] IRQ[2]_N BSSEL[ 1] BSSEL[ 0] CLK_SYS GND- 268 GND- 267 VDD- 266 VDD- 265 WAIT_N WE1_N WE0_N RD_ N NC[1 ] BS_N CS5_N A[25] A[24] A[23] GN D 3.3VGA2 BR180 MNR04 33 G2 D7 1 8 G2 D6 2 7 G2 D5 3 6 G2 D4 4 5 G2 D3 1 8 G2 D2 2 7 G2 D1 3 6 TP257 TP858 TP855 TP856 TP857 G2 D0 4 5 G1 D7 BR181 G1 D6 MNR04 33 G1 D5 1 2 3 4 GN D 5 6 3.3VGA2 7 BR75 8 MNR04 4.7K 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 G1D[0:7] 3.3VGA2 17 18 19 C184 20 G1 D4 F0.1u/16 21 G1 D3 22 G1 D2 23 G1 D1 GN D 24 G1 D0 25 G2ACK26 G2REQR1032 33(1608)27 G1ACKR1033 33(1608)28 G1REQ29 R188 4.7K TP258 30 3.3VGA2 31 CD2CLK TP1046 32 CD2 RESTP880 33 CD2 IRQ0 TP896 34 CD2 IRQ1 TP879 35 3.3VGA2 GN D CD2 UBETP881 36 37 38 C187 39 F0.1u/16 40 CD 2CS- TP883 41 CD2RD- TP882 R1034 33(1608)42 GN D CD2 WR- TP884 R1035 33(1608)43 CD 2A0 TP287 44 3.3VGA2 CD 2A1 TP288 45 CD 2A2 TP289 46 CD 2A3 TP290 47 C189 48 F0.1u/16 49 TP293 50 CD2 REQC0 TP1104 51 CD2 REQC1 GN D TP901 52 CD2ACKC0TP902 53 CD2ACKC1TP292 54 CD2 REQD0 3.3VGA2 TP887 55 CD2 REQD1 TP885 56 CD2ACKD057 C191 58 CD2ACKD1R1014 33 TP886 F0.1u/16 59 CD 2D0 TP806 60 CD 2D1 GN D TP807 61 CD 2D2 3.3VGA2 TP804 62 CD 2D3 TP809 63 64 C193 65 CD 2D4 F0.1u/16 TP808 66 CD 2D5 TP805 67 CD 2D6 GN D TP810 68 CD 2D7 3.3VGA2 TP811 69 CD 2D8 TP812 70 71 C195 72 CD 2D9 TP815 F0.1u/16 73 CD 2D10 TP814 74 75 76 3 CD2A[0:3] 2 GND-1 GND-2 G2D[7] G2D[6] G2D[5] G2D[4] G2D[3] G2D[2] G2D[1] NC[0] TCK TDI TRST TDO G2D[0] G1D[7] G1D[6] G1D[5] VDD-19 GND-20 G1D[4] G1D[3] G1D[2] G1D[1] G1D[0] G2ACK_N G2REQ_N G1ACK_N G1REQ_N TMS GND-31 CDCLK CDRES_N CDIRQ0 CDIRQ1 CDUBE_N VDD-37 VDD-38 GND-39 GND-40 CDCS_N CDRD_N CDWR_N CDA[0] CDA[1] CDA[2] CDA[3] VDD-48 GND-49 CDREQC0 CDREQC1 CDACKC0_N CDACKC1_N CDREQD0 CDREQD1 CDACKD0_N VDD-57 GND-58 CDACKD1_N CDD[0] CDD[1] CDD[2] CDD[3] VDD-64 GND-65 CDD[4] CDD[5] CDD[6] CDD[7] CDD[8] VDD-71 GND-72 CDD[9] CDD[10] GND-75 GND-76 IC 38 uPD65954G L-061NMU VDD- 77 VDD- 78 CDD[1 1] CDD[1 2] CDD[1 3] CDD[1 4] CDD[1 5] TRES_N MCE _N VDD- 86 GND- 87 MOE_N MWE _N MA[0] MA[1] MA[2] MA[3] MA[4] GND- 95 GND- 96 MA[5] MA[6] MA[7] MA[8] MA[9] MA[10] MA[11] VDD- 104 GND- 105 MA[12] MA[13] MA[14] MA[15] MD[0 ] MD[1 ] MD[2 ] VDD- 113 VDD- 114 GND- 115 GND- 116 MD[3 ] MD[4 ] MD[5 ] MD[6 ] MD[7 ] MD[8 ] MD[9 ] VDD- 124 GND- 125 MD[1 0] 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 G2D[0:7] 1 1 2 3 4 5 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 42 43 44 6 17 41 39 40 M2CEM2WEM2OE- A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10 I/O9 I/O8 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0 CE WE OE LB UB NC NC NC VCC VCC VSS VSS GN D IS61LV6416-12T A 38 37 36 35 32 31 30 29 16 15 14 13 10 9 8 7 22 23 28 11 33 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 1 8 BR190 2 7 MNR04 33 3 6 4 5 1 8 2 7 BR191 3 6 MNR04 33 4 5 1 8 BR192 2 7 MNR04 33 3 6 4 5 TP261 TP260 TP259 M2D15 M2D14 M2D13 M2D12 M2D11 M2D10 M2D9 M2D8 M2D7 M2D6 M2D5 M2D4 M2D3 M2D2 M2D1 M2D0 TP837 1 8 TP836 2 7 TP835 3 6 TP834 4 5 TP833 TP851 1 8BR187 MNR04 33 TP852 2 7 3 6 4 5 BR188 TP845 MNR04 33 TP844 M2CE- M2A15 M2A14 M2A13 M2A12 M2A11 M2A10 M2A9 M2A8 M2A7 M2A6 M2A5 M2A4 M2A3 M2A2 M2A1 M2A0 M2 D4 M2 D5 M2 D6 M2 D7 M2 D8 M2 D9 M2D10 M2D11 M2A[0:15] IC 41 R1002 33 TP842 R1003 33 TP841 1 8 TP853 2 7 TP850 3 6 TP849 4 5 TP827 BR182 TP824 MNR04 33 M2A4 1 8 M2A5 2 TP826 7 M2A6 3 TP825 6 M2A7 4 TP820 5 M2A8 BR183 1 8 TP822 M2A9 MNR04 332 7 TP821 M2A10 3 6 TP823 M2A11 4 5 TP831 BR184 MNR04 33 M2A12 1 8 TP828 M2A13 2 7 TP830 M2A14 3 6 TP829 M2A15 4 5 TP832 M2 D0 1 BR185 TP840 8 M2 D1 2 MNR04 33 TP838 7 M2 D2 3 TP839 6 M2 D3 4 5 BR186 MNR04 33 CD2 D[ 0:15] M2OEM2WEM2A0 M2A1 M2A2 M2A3 CD2 D1 1 TP813 CD2 D1 2 TP816 CD2 D1 3 TP817 CD2 D1 4 TP818 CD2 D1 5 TP819 TP295 R1004 33 TP843 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 GN D M2D[0:15] 3.3VGA2 C197 F0.1u/16 3.3VGA2 3.3VGA2 3.3VGA2 3.3VGA2 C198 B0.1u/25(1608) C199 B0.1u/25( 1608) C200 B0.1u/25( 1608) C201 B0.1u/25( 1608) GN D GN D GN D GN D GN D 3.3VGA2 C202 F0.1u/16 BR193 MNR04 33 +3.3V C205 B0.1u/25(1608) GN D C203 A33u/10 12 34 C204 F0.1u/16 GN D B AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 16 C C D E 8/10 FAXREQ1P- 3.3VGA2 GN D 3.3VGA2 C178 F0.1u/16 BSCS2- GN D GN D GN D A[1:25] A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 4 WE1_N WE0_N RD_ N NC[1 ] BS_N CS5_N A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] GND- 248 GND- 247 A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] A[8] A[7] A[6] A[5] A[4] A[3] A[2] A[1] VDD- 230 VDD- 229 263 262 261 260 259 258 257 256 255 254 253 252 251 250 249 248 247 246 245 244 243 242 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 TP210 WE1 WE0RD- C183 F0.1u/16 MD[4 ] MD[5 ] MD[6 ] MD[7 ] MD[8 ] MD[9 ] VDD- 124 GND- 125 MD[1 0] MD[1 1] MD[1 2] MD[1 3] MD[1 4] MD[1 5] SDRA M_CS_N GND- 133 GND- 134 SDRA M_CLK SDRA M_CKE SDRA M_RAS_N SDRA M_CAS_N SDRA M_WR_ N SDRA M_DQM0 SDRA M_DQM1 VDD- 142 GND- 143 SDRAM_BA[0] SDRAM_BA[1] SDRA M_A[0] SDRA M_A[1] SDRA M_A[2] SDRA M_A[3] SDRA M_A[4] VDD- 151 VDD- 152 GND-228 GND-227 TOUT5 TOUT4 TOUT3 TOUT2 TOUT1 TIN TEB_N TMOD1_N READY_N FAXPAGE_N PRLINE_N SCLINE_N HSYNC_N GDATA[15] GDATA[14] GDATA[13] GND-210 VDD-209 GDATA[12] GDATA[11] GDATA[10] GDATA[9] GDATA[8] GDATA[7] GDATA[6] GDATA[5] GDATA[4] GDATA[3] GDATA[2] GDATA[1] GDATA[0] TR RES_N CLK_VID GND-192 GND-191 VDD-190 VDD-189 FAXPRD_N FAXREQOP_N FAXACKOP_N FAXCSOP_N SDRAM_D[15] SDRAM_D[14] SDRAM_D[13] GND-181 VDD-180 SDRAM_D[12] SDRAM_D[11] SDRAM_D[10] SDRAM_D[9] SDRAM_D[8] SDRAM_D[7] SDRAM_D[6] GND-172 VDD-171 SDRAM_D[5] SDRAM_D[4] SDRAM_D[3] SDRAM_D[2] SDRAM_D[1] SDRAM_D[0] SDRAM_A[12] GND-163 VDD-162 SDRAM_A[11] SDRAM_A[10] SDRAM_A[9] SDRAM_A[8] SDRAM_A[7] SDRAM_A[6] SDRAM_A[5] GND-154 GND-153 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 TP169 TP170 TP168 TP167 TP174 TP166 TP176 TP175 TP163 TP159 TP165 TP164 TP155 GN D R185 R186 R187 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K R1039 33(1608) 3.3VGA2 READ YFAXPAGEPR LINESC LINEHS YNCGDATA[0:15] GDATA15 GDATA14 GDATA13 R513 0 +5V C185 TP171 GDATA12 GDATA11 GDATA10 GDATA9 GDATA8 GDATA7 GDATA6 GDATA5 GDATA4 GDATA3 GDATA2 GDATA1 GDATA0 R1000 33 GN D 3.3VGA2 F0.1u/16 FB 22 MEM2012(NM) GN D R515 100 RESIC 39 TR 13 C403 C100/50 TP173 R514 R(NM) GN D 4 OE OUT VDD GND 3 1 TP156 TP755 TP151 TP152 TP191 TP763 TP190 R1038 33(1608) R1037 R1036 33(1608) 33(1608) 1 2 3 4 C254 F0.1u/16 3.3VGA2 5 8 14 3 11 10 7 6 9 4 TP908 TP903 TP904 TP909 TP906 GND GND GND TEST1 TEST2 TEST3 2 3 15 TP907 TP905 TP910 K GN D AK SDRAM_D[0:15] CKO /CKO CKO/2 /CKO/2 CNTCK PULSE CLKIN 2 C186 OSC515101J IS-28.16301M Hz-5.0TR F0.1u/16 C188 GN D F0.1u/16 3.3VGA2 FAXPRDFAXREQ0PFAXACK0PFAXCS0PSDRA M_D15 TP779 8 SDRA M_D14 TP764 7 SDRA M_D13 TP778 6 SDRA M_D12 TP765 5 VCC VCC X7 1 TP172 TR 12 16 A D2 0 DA204K M66235FP R1015 1K R1016 2K 3.3VGA2 GN D TP762 TP189 TP761 TP188 TP760 TP187 TP759 BR 77 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 MNR04 33 BR 76 MNR04 33 TP186 TP758 TP185 TP757 TP177 TP756 TP208 1 2 3 4 TP775 TP768 TP774 TP769 TP773 TP770 TP772 TP771 GN D GN D C192 F0.1u/16 GN D 3.3VGA2 BR 80 1 2 3 4 BR 81 SDRA M_D7 SDRA M_D6 SDRA M_D5 SDRA M_D4 SDRA M_D3 SDRA M_D2 SDRA M_D1 SDRA M_D0 C190 F0.1u/16 3.3VGA2 8 7 6 5 8 7 MNR04 33 6 5 MNR04 33 TP184 TP178 TP180 TP179 TP181 TP182 TP183 TP777 TP766 TP776 TP767 BR 78 1 2 3 4 BR 79 1 2 3 4 SDRA M_D11 SDRA M_D10 SDRA M_D9 SDRA M_D8 8 7 6 5 8 7 MNR04 33 6 5 SDRA M_A12 SDRA M_A11 SDRA M_A10 SDRA M_A9 SDRA M_A8 SDRA M_A7 SDRA M_A6 SDRA M_A5 TP795 TP796 TP797 TP798 TP799 TP800 TP801 TP802 C194 F0.1u/16 2 GN D MNR04 33 MNR04 33 TP194 TP193 TP192 TP203 TP204 TP205 TP206 TP207 MNR04 33 BR 83 1 8 2 7 3 6 BR 85 4 5 1 8 2 7 MNR04 33 3 6 4 5 BR 84 1 2 3 4 TP784 TP786 TP785 TP787 TP788 TP789 TP790 TP791 TP792 TP793 TP794 TP783 TP782 TP781 TP780 TP209 SDRAM_BA0 SDRAM_BA1 S DRAM_A0 S DRAM_A1 S DRAM_A2 S DRAM_A3 S DRAM_A4 GN D 3.3VGA2 SD RAM_CSSDRAM_CLK SDRAM_CKE SDRAM_RASSDRAM_CASSDRA M_WRSDRAM_DQM0 SDRAM_DQM1 3.3VGA2 C201 0.1u/25( 1608) M2D12 M2D13 M2D14 M2D15 M2 D5 M2 D6 M2 D7 M2 D8 M2 D9 M2D10 M2D11 1 8 2 7 TP835 3 6 TP834 4 5 TP833 TP851 1 8BR187 MNR04 33 TP852 2 7 3 6 4 5 BR188 TP845 MNR04 33 TP844 1 8 TP846 2 7 TP847 3 6 TP848 4 5 TP854 BR189 TP202 MNR04 33 1 8 TP200 2 7 TP201 3 6 TP199 4 5 BR 82 TP198 8 TP197 7 MNR04 33 TP196 6 TP195 5 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 GN D 3.3VGA2 C196 B0.1u/25(1608) 1 GN D SDRAM_A[0:12] C202 0.1u/16 GN D C D AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 17 E 5 4 3 FAX MAIN PWB (GA2-CODEC) C D2ACKD0C D2ACKD1- D C D2ACKD0- 9 C D2ACKD1- 10 8 R611 33 C D2ACKD- R612 33 C D2ACKC- C D 2ACKD- IC 82C TC74LCX08FT 14 +3.3V C306 F 0.1u/16 C D2ACKC0- C D2ACKC0- 12 C D2ACKC1- 13 GND 11 7 C D2ACKC1- C D 2REQD C D 2ACKC- IC 82D TC74LCX08FT GND IC 80A C D2ACKD- C D2ACKD- 1 3 2 TC74LCX08FT SD RAM_D[0:15] BA0 BA1 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 13 42 44 45 47 48 50 51 53 SDRAM_D0 SDRAM_D1 SDRAM_D2 SDRAM_D3 SDRAM_D4 SDRAM_D5 SDRAM_D6 SDRAM_D7 SDRAM_D8 SDRAM_D9 SDRAM_D10 SDRAM_D11 SDRAM_D12 SDRAM_D13 SDRAM_D14 SDRAM_D15 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 C D 2REQC 5 6 7 8 33 8 7 6 BR144 5 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 BR145 3 6 MNR04 33 4 5 1 8 2 7 3 6 BR146 4 5 MNR04 33 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 5 6 7 8 BR143 MNR04 1 2 3 4 +3.3V C 263 F 0.1u/16 14 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 I/O8 I/O9 I/O10 I/O11 I/O12 I/O13 I/O14 I/O15 C D2ACKC- C D2ACKC- GND 12 11 13 IC 80D TC74LCX08FT 7 20 21 SDRAM_BA0 SDRAM_BA1 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 32 33 34 22 35 36 5 6 7 8 IC 42 SDRAM_A0 SDRAM_A1 SDRAM_A2 SDRAM_A3 SDRAM_A4 SDRAM_A5 SDRAM_A6 SDRAM_A7 SDRAM_A8 SDRAM_A9 SDRAM_A10 SDRAM_A11 SDRAM_A12 C 4 3 2 1 BR99 BR100 BR101 BR102 +3.3V MNR04 (NM) MNR04 (NM) MNR04 (NM) MNR04 (NM) SDRAM_A[0:12] GND 19 16 17 18 15 39 38 37 TP1095 40 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 SDRAM_CSSDRAM_WRSDRAM_CASSDRAM_RASSDRAM_DQM0 SDRAM_DQM1 SDRAM_CLK SDRAM_CKE R218 BR103 4.7K MNR04 4.7K CS WE CAS RAS DQML DQMU CLK CKE NC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC GND GND GND GND GND GND GND 1 3 9 14 27 43 49 6 12 28 41 46 52 54 +3.3V GDMAE C 219 A33u/10 C220 C221 C 222 C 223 C 224 C225 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 C 226 F 0 .1u/16 GND CD2RES- GND W 981216BH-75 +3.3V R 565 R(NM) R 564 33 C305 F 0.1u/16 B 14 GND 12 CLK16M 11 7 13 GND 10 14 VCC GND PR 13 CL CLK GND Q Q 7 11 D G ND C 307 F 0.1u/16 +3.3V 12 IC 79D TC74LCX32FT 9 TP1245 8 TP1246 IC 86B TC74LCX74FT G ND A 5 4 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 18 3 3 2 1 9/10 8 +3.3V GDMA TC74LCX32FT R1049 33(1608) 4 6 R1046 33(1608) 1 2 3 2 5 3 D R1044 33(1608) 5 Q IC 75B R1041 33(1608) 4 6 TC74LCX08FT 6 Q C 161 F 0.1u/16 +3.3V IC 80A 14 GND 3 C D 2REQD0 5 CLK TC74LCX08FT 8 IC 78A TC74LCX74FT CL TC74LCX32FT Q 4 IC 79A IC 80B PR R1045 33(1608) 7 13 IC 78B GND TC74LCX74FT 9 Q +3.3V 1 PR VCC CLK CL 11 D GND 12 14 10 C261 F 0.1u/16 C D 2REQD D R 1048 33(1608) IC 79C 9 10 G ND 12 TC74LCX08FT R1043 33(1608) 11 C D 2REQD1 7 13 +3.3V +3.3V IC 75D TC74LCX08FT GND .3V 6 3 TC74LCX32FT Q 8 4 5 10 IC 81A TC74LCX74FT 9 5 10 TC74LCX08FT IC 75C R1042 33(1608) 8 2 D PR 8 4 7 13 C 263 F 0.1u/16 R1047 33(1608) IC 79B R1050 33(1608) IC 80C 9 Q C D 2REQC0 C TC74LCX08FT CLK CL CLK IC 81B GND TC74LCX74FT 9 Q Q 6 1 PR D CL 11 VCC C D 2REQC GND 12 14 10 C262 F 0.1u/16 IC 74 GND 1 2 GND A B 11 8 IC 80D TC74LCX08FT 9 ND +3.3V CLK CLR QA QB QC QD QE QF QG QH VCC GND 4 R 565 C D 2REQC1 +3.3V C 240 F 0.1u/16 G ND PR D Q Q 5 CLK 1 3 7 TP1111 TP1110 TP1109 TP1108 TP1107 TP1106 TP1105 TC74VHC164FT IC 86A CL 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 6 TC74LCX74FT R(NM) G C CH 13 IC 20F14 R1040 12 7 TC74LCX04FT 33(1608) B R 564 33 TP1244 A 3 2 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 19 1 4 3 FAX MAIN PWB (TEL/LIU IF) VR EF R125 56K R128 56K D C146 F0.1u/16 R126 BZ 10K VR EF TP521 TP514 R127 3.3K TP520 R129 1K C147 B4700/25 R516 1M VR EF GN D C148 F0.1u/16 GN D IC 33 R130 C281 SPOUT SPOUT C127 B2200/50 TP1243 R133 10K VSEL R140 10K Q3 DTC363EKA T146 B C VOLCNT [A] R135 56K TP518 X0 X1 X2 X3 1 5 2 4 6 10 9 R141 10K TP10 VOLCNT [B] X Y 3 IC 34 TP12 13 TP523 R132 R134 R136 R137 R138 R139 R142 TP11 VSEL Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 INH A B E Q4 DTC363EKA T146 B C 12 14 15 11 TP517 F0.1u/16 GN D R(NM) VDD VEE VSS 16 5.1K 10K 18K 33K 62K 200K 360K 13 14 15 12 1 5 2 4 TP16 TP13 TP17 TP512 TP509 TP511 TP510 C149 F0.1u/16 7 8 6 11 10 9 BU4052B CF X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 3 X 16 VDD INH A B C 7 8 VEE VSS BU4051B CF TP519 GN D GN D E GN D GN D VSEL C R145 10K Q5 DTC363EKA T146 B C VO L[A] R147 10K TP21 E Q6 DTC363EKA T146 B C VO L[B] R146 10K TP20 E Q7 DTC363EKA T146 B C TP19 E VO L[C] C153 C(NM) C154 C(NM) C155 C(NM) GN D +5V +12V +5V GN D VR EF VSEL R517 0 +5VS R518 R(NM) R519 1K K C404 A47u/16 A ZD 1 UDZ2.0B D19 GN D CN8 +5VS DA20 1 2 RHS DG B2B-PH-K-S(NM) C319 F0.1u/16 14 GN D GN D GN D IC 90A CI 1 S 3 B R1018 2 R406 10K MDM_A RG AFE MDM_AB SP SI3O 14 IC 89C 6 5 7 TC74LCX04FT 33 12 TC74VHCT00FT 11 13 IC 90C GN D EXTRS IC90D TC74VHCT00FT RHS 9 8 R403 10K 14 IC 89B 4 3 7 TC74LCX04FT 33 HNDM UTE- TC74VHCT00FT MDM Q19 DTC114EKA T146 IC 90B C MDM_ MDM_AS C C E 4 C B 6 5 E GN D S_EN +5VS R563 10K Q20 DTC363EKA T146 B C R1017 33 E R401 10K R1019 10 TC74VHCT00FT 14 IC 89A 2 1 7 TC74LCX04FT HS 1 GN D GN D 15 GN D EXHS- +5VS Q16 DTC114EKA T146 C 0 +5VS R385 R(NM) IC 92E 14 10 7 TC74VHC04FT E R522 IC 92D 14 9 8 7 TC74VHC04FT B GN D Q17 DTC114EKA T146 11 C FAXWUR386 0 IC 92F 14 12 7 TC74VHC04FT B E 0 GN D GN D 14 IC 92B 4 3 7 TC74VHC04FT CI D2- 13 R525 0 GN D Q18 DTC114EKA T146 GN D C B E A R524 C323 F0.1u/16 14 IC 92A 2 1 7 TC74VHC04FT 14 IC92C 6 5 7 TC74VHC04FT GN D C411 C412 B1000/50 B1000/50 GN D 4 3 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 20 TP153 GN D C413 B1000/50 GN D 14 IC20D 8 9 7 TC74LCX04FT 2 1 10/10 +5V D VR EF C228 B1000/50 +5V TP535 C229 F0.1u/16 TP522 3 X R131 6.2K TP533 TP27 R199 R201 TP531 TP536 SP OUT R198 R(NM) 0 TP532 100K R200 430K GN D C230 A10u/16V (NP)(NM) 6 R399 1M C2 27 A4.7u/50 R202 3.3K 4 2 3 TP28 1 7 8 VSEL SP+ 5 R203 TP534 1 2 3 0 SP- TP537 C150 F0.1u/16 7 8 VEE VSS 1 2 3 IC 43 NJM2113M 16 VDD CN9 B3B-PH-K-S TP1096 C231 A4.7u/50 C232 A4.7u/50 GN D CF GN D GN D Q10 DTC363EKA T146 B C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 R204 22K MUTE E SPMUTE GN D 5VS +5VS +3.3V K AK R205 10K A D19 GN D DA204K R562 R206 R210 R520 10K 10K 10K R1051 75K R207 R209 R(NM) 10K R208 R211 10K 10K DAA (JAPAN) DAA (EXCEPT JAPAN) DG DG DG DG +3.3V +3.3V +5VS +5VS +24 V +24 V ARX D ARXD RGDT RGDT nAFERESnAFERESABITCLK ABITCLK AOUT AOUT SI3OUT Not use CID CID SON SON HS2HS2LIUI D LIUI D +5V +5V AG AG HNDMUTE Not use AG AG DG DG MCLOCK MCLOCK EXHSEXHSCIO N CION ATXD ATXD ASPCLKASPCLKCID2 LIUID2 MRON MRON ECON Not use HS1 Not use 150VONNot use GN D +5V +3.3V +5VS AFE (JAPAN) +5V DAA: Not use, AFE (JAPAN): EXTMSG AFE (EXCEPT JAPAN): DPMUTE DAA: Not use, AFE DPON AFE (EXCEPT JAPAN): Not use JAPAN: CION, EXCEPT JAPAN: Not use DAA(EXCEPT JAPAN): Not use JAPAN: 150VON- EXCEPT JAPAN: Not use DAA(JAPAN) CN6 100 IC 24E 14 10 7 TC74LCX04FT MDMCLK R349 R535 R365 R351 R355 R536 R537 R538 R539 R540 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R546 0 R357 R361 R359 R541 R363 R353 R542 R410 R543 R544 R545 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 11 CI ON MDM_ATXD MDM_ASPCLK CI D2 CML EC BR108 MNR04 2.7K GN D DG DG +3.3V +5VS +24V ARXD RGDTnAFERESABITCLK AOUT SI3OUT CIDSON HS2LIUID +5V AG HNDMUTE AG DG MCLOCK EXHSCION ATXD ASPCLKCID2MRON ECON HS1150VON- B 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 BR109 MNR04 2.7K C238 F0.1u/16 C239 F0.1u/16 C234 A33u/10 C235 A47u/16 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 C405 C(NM) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 TX25-30P-6ST-H1 C237 F0.1u/16 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 14 IC 20E 10 11 7 TC74LCX04FT TP1228 TP1229 150VON- TP144 C +24V HS2LIU ID 14 IC20D 8 9 7 74LCX04FT RGDT- MPXA It changes by CPU setup. R526 10K MDM_ARXD RGDTAFERESMDM_ABITCLK SPOUT SI3OUT UTE- AFE (EXCEPT JAPAN) DG DG +3.3V +5VS +24V ARXD MPXA nAFERESABITCLK AOUT EXTMSG_DPMUTE CIDSON HS2LIUID +5V AG DPON AG DG MCLOCK EXHSNot use ATXD ASPCLKLIUID2 MRON Not use HS1Not use DG DG +3.3V +5VS +24 V ARXD MPXA nAFERESABITCLK AOUT EXTMSG_DPMUTE CID SON HS2LIUID +5V AG DPON AG DG MCLOCK EXHSCION ATXD ASPCLKLIUID2 MRON ECON HS1150VON- BR110 MNR04 2.7K GN D C236 A47u/16 GN D GN D GN D A 2 1 AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 21 B. TEL LIU PWB A B C LIU PWB R182 (E) 1.78KF 2W R179 (U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225) R180 (U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225) R181 (U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225) B C E R185 150 B Q113 (NM) 2SD1266A (TO-220) Q119 2SA1759 (SC-62) E C C42 B0.22u/16V Q117 2SD1733 (SC-63) C E R184 100KF B Q118 2SC4548 (SC-62) C E C43 B1u/16V 4 IC4 C45 B0.1u/50V 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 B R186 2.2K 1/10W FILT2 FILT RX REXT REXT2 REF VREG2 VREG QE DC IGN C1 RNG RNG Q Q L12 BLM31A601S 0 1/10W 0 1/10W R246 K ZD19 RLZ5.6B A C51 B0.1u/16V C52 B0.1u/16V R195 9.31KF 10M R200 D8 2 1 R201 10M 3 4 S1ZB60 C55 B470p/250V (1 VA (NM) R202 56K 1/10W C63 B470p/250V (1 C97 (NM) B470p/25 C91 (E) A4.7u/50V(N.P.) R251 (U) EL0607RA-331J (E) 10 1/4W R243 R199 56K 1/10W SA7 (U) DSS-401M (E) DSS-301L C66 33p/50V (U) 0 1/4W (E) LHL10TB151K L14 R204 680 1/10W C90 (E) A4.7u/50V(N.P.) L15 (U) 0 1/4W (E) RCR-875D332K C65 L16 B0.01u/250V (E) LHL13TB103J SA5 DSS-401M L23 (NM) EL0607RA-331J C87 B0.027u/50V C57 1000p/AC250V L21 ST-110AV C96 (NM) B470p/25 C86 B0.027u/50V C61 1000p/AC250V L25 SBT-0260 MJ-64J-RD315 L13 (U) 0 1/4W (E) LHL10TB151K C67 33p/50V SA4 L1 C58 (NM) 1000p/AC250V L11 BLM31A601S L22 (NM) EL0607RA-331J 2 C53 B0.68u/16V C E R203 680 1/10W DSS-401M 1 2 3 4 5 6 F2 0 1/4W B C62 (NM) 1000p/AC250V L24 SBT-0260 MJ1 (NM) DSSA-P3100SB H1 Q120 2SC4548 (SC-62) VA5 3 SA6 (U) DSS-401M (E) DSS-301L R196 215F R191 402F ZD18 RD43FM R192 (U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225) R193 (U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225) R194 (U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225) R177 (E) 1.78KF 2W C48 B0.01u/50V R190 78.7F C50 B1800p/50V Si3015-KS R189 120K R252 (U) EL0607RA-331J (E) 10 1/4W L6 (E) LHL08TB102J S4A 1 3 2 (NM) OUAZ-SH-105D C25 L9 6 R205 4 SBT-0260 1 (U) 91 1/4W (E) 0 1/4W 0.47u 250V 8 S3A RSB-5 MJ2 1 2 3 4 5 6 T1 T2 11 L10 13 SBT-0260 9 S3B RSB-5 MJ-62J-RD315 JP5 (NM) 0 1/4W A B AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 22 C C D E 1/2 R179 6KF 1/4W (3225) R180 6KF 1/4W (3225) R181 6KF 1/4W (3225) R255 4 0 RGDT- DAA3.3V DAA3.3V DAA3.3V C68 QE2 DCT IGND C1B RNG1 RNG2 QB QE 10p/50V (1608) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 R188 C46 10 1/10W R187 150p/AC250V C94 B1000p/50V (1005) IC3 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 IC4 FILT2 FILT RX REXT REXT2 REF VREG2 VREG 10 1/10W MCLK OFHK RGDT/FSD FSYNC M0 SCLK VA VD GND SDO C1A SDI M1 FC/RGDT AOUT RESET 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 MDM_ARXD MDM_ATXD AFERES- C47 B0.1u/16V RLZ5.6B C49 B0.22u/16V K D6 DAN217 A DAAGND R264 10K (1608) DAAGND AOUT ZD17 D7 DAN217 AK K MDMCLK MDM_ASPCLK MDM_ABITCLK Si3021-KS Si3015-KS DAAGND TP9 (NM) 0 1/4W C96 (NM) B470p/250V (3216) R198 0 R197 0 DAAGND C64 +3.3V DAA3.3V 1 DG 150p/AC250V 3 3 2 C59 B0.022u/250V (2125) C98 (NM) B0.022u/250V (3216) AK A ZD19 RLZ5.6B DAA3.3V R183 0 FB2 (NM) MEM2012 DAAGND D8 C60 B3300p/16V C69 (NM) B0.01u/250V C56 B3300p/16V C55 B470p/250V (1608) VA4 (NM) DSSA-P3100SB C63 B470p/250V (1608) C97 (NM) B470p/250V (3216) 2 Q131 (E) DTC114EKA B C +5VS R262 HS1- E 0 1 Q132 (E) DTC114EKA AG B C 7 6 5 4 E 23 IC6 (E) THS-56F C92 (E) B0.1u/16V (1005) Q133 (E) DTC114EKA B C AG R263 HS2- E AG 4 AG 2 ZD25 (U) HZS2C1 R206 (U) 30 1/4W ZD24 (U) HZS2C1 0 C25 ZD12 MTZJ30B R168 C95 (U) B1000p/50V (1005) 3 1 PC11 (U) TLP620 AG +5VS 4 CID2Q130 DTC114EKA B C PC6 TLP621 AG C R266 1 CID0 E + C73 A0.33u/50V C72 B1000p/50V (1005) 10K (1608) R253 2 D2 1SS355 3 10K 1W 1 R209 0 0.47u 250V (U) for North America, (E) for Europe. R without W number specified is 1/16W. 1/4W or more without size specification are DIP. D AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 23 E 1 2 3 A TX24-30R-12ST-H1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DG AG AG (NM) 0 1/4W (JP) TP6 + +3.3V TP7 R178 (NM) 0 1/4W 0 1/4W (JP) DG + 0 1/4W (JP) TP3 (NM) 0 1/4W (JP) FB1 AOUT MDM_ABITCLK AFERESRGDTMDM_ARXD CID- HS2- MDMCLK CID2MDM_ASPCLK MDM_ATXD HS1- 0 1/4W (JP) TP4 C38 A47u/25V 150VON HS1 ECON MRON LIUID2 ASPCLKATXD CION EXHKDMCLOCK DG AG FNETD AG +5V LIUID HS2 SON CID DPMUTE AOUT ABITCLK nAFERESRGDTARXD +24V +5VS +3.3V DG DG C41 F0.1u/16V (1005) CN1 AG + B +5V B AG +5VS AG + R208 (NM) 0 DG (NM) 0 1/4W (JP) TP8 0 1/4W (JP) TP5 C37 A47u/25V C39 (NM) A47u/25V C40 F0.1u/16V (1005) 4 LIU PWB A C35 F0.1u/16V (1005) C31 (NM) A47u/35V +24V DG Q116 DTD113ZK B C AG E AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 24 4 16 + + 5 1 +5VS C (NM) OUAZ-SH-105D - S4B RSB-5 - S3C 1SS355 D5 C D 2/2 D 1 2 3 4 q PARTS GUIDE CODE :00ZARFX7//P1E DIGITAL LASERCOPIER/ PRINTER OPTION FAX EXPANSION KIT MODEL AR-FX7 CONTENTS 1 Packing material & Accessories ■ index Parts marked with "!" are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set. SHARP CORPORATION This document has been published to be used for after sales service only. The contents are subject to change without notice. DEFINITION The definition of each Rank is as follows and also noted in the list Rank A : Maintenance parts, and consumable parts which are not included in but closely related to maintenance parts Rank B : Performance/function parts (sensors, clutches, and other electrical parts), consumable parts Rank E : Unit parts including PWB Rank D : Preparation parts (External fitting, packing, parts packed together) Rank C : Parts other than the above (excluding sub components of PWB) Because parts marked with "!" is indispensable for the machine safety maintenance and operation, it must be replaced with the parts specific to the product specification. F Other than this Parts Guide, please refer to documents Service Manual(including Circuit Diagram)of this model. F Please use the 13 digit code described in the right hand corner of front cover of the document, when you place an order. F For U.S. only-Use order codes provided in advertising literature. Do not order from parts department. 1 Packing material & Accessories NO. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 ! ! 14 15 16 101 102 103 104 105 PARTS CODE SPAKA399ACCZZ SPAKP2374ACZZ TCADZ0266QSZZ SSAKA0019SCZZ SSAKH3012CCZZ SSAKA0006UCZZ SSAKA2345QCZZ SPAKA0330QSZZ SPAKA0329QSZZ TINSE1115QSZZ RADPA0002QSZZ RADPA0001QSZZ CPWBN0148QS31 CPWBX0140QS31 QCNW-7252XCZZ QCNW-7253XCZZ QCNW-7254XCZZ QCNW-0002QSZZ QCNW-7197XCZZ GCOVH0024QSEZ LSUPP0001QSZZ XBPSD30P08KS0 XEPSD30P06X00 PRICE NEW RANK MARK AB AD AD N AA AA AA AC AL AG AW N AP AQ BS N N CS AY AT AH AL AH AG AC AA AA PART RANK D D D D D D D D D D B B E E C C C C C D C C C DESCRIPTION Vinyl bag Vinyl bag Inst. manual Vinyl bag(120×80mm) Vinyl bag(80×120mm) Vinyl bag(50×60mm) Vinyl bag(260×360mm) Spacer D Spacer C Operation manual AC adapter AC adapter LIU PWB FAX MAIN PWB Line cable Line cable Line cable Line cable Line cable FAX connector cover Spacer(WLS18-0) Screw(3×8KS) Screw(3×6X) (U.S.A,Canada) (U.S.A,Canada) (U.Kingdom,Hong Kong) (Australia,New zealand) (U.S.A,Canada) (U.S.A.) (Germany) (France) (U.Kingdom,Hong Kong) (Australia,New zealand) (Other countries) 1 Packing material & Accessories 4 106 5 8 13 102 6 101 103 7 9 15 104 105 10 1 104 2 16 3 11 12 PRP01773 –1– ■ Index PARTS CODE [C] CPWBN0148QS31 CPWBX0140QS31 [G] GCOVH0024QSEZ [L] LSUPP0001QSZZ [Q] QCNW-0002QSZZ QCNW-7197XCZZ QCNW-7252XCZZ QCNW-7253XCZZ QCNW-7254XCZZ [R] RADPA0001QSZZ RADPA0002QSZZ [S] SPAKA0329QSZZ SPAKA0330QSZZ SPAKA399ACCZZ SPAKP2374ACZZ SSAKA0006UCZZ SSAKA0019SCZZ SSAKA2345QCZZ SSAKH3012CCZZ [T] TCADZ0266QSZZ TINSE1115QSZZ [X] XBPSD30P08KS0 XEPSD30P06X00 PARTS CODE NO. PRICE NEW PART RANK MARK RANK 1- 15 1- 16 BS CS N N 1- 102 AG D 1- 103 AC C 1- 101 1- 101 1- 101 1- 101 1- 101 AL AH AY AT AH C C C C C 1- 14 1- 14 AQ AP B B 1- 11 1- 9 1- 1 1- 2 1- 7 1- 5 1- 8 1- 6 AG AL AB AD AA AA AC AA D D D D D D D D 1- 4 1- 13 AD AW 1- 104 1- 105 AA AA N N E E D D C C –2– NO. PRICE NEW PART RANK MARK RANK LEAD-FREE SOLDER The PWB’s of this model employs lead-free solder. The “LF” marks indicated on the PWB’s and the Service Manual mean “Lead-Free” solder. The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder. Example: <Solder composition code of lead-free solder> Lead-Free 5mm Solder composition code (Refer to the table at the right.) a Solder composition Solder composition code Sn-Ag-Cu a Sn-Ag-Bi Sn-Ag-Bi-Cu b Sn-Zn-Bi z Sn-In-Ag-Bi i Sn-Cu-Ni n Sn-Ag-Sb s Bi-Sn-Ag-P Bi-Sn-Ag p (1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread. Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident. Since the melting point of lead-free solder thread is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the exclusive-use soldering iron is recommendable. (2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK Since the melting point of lead-free solder is about 220°C, which is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering capacity is inferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land separation or may exceed the heat-resistive temperature of components. Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when completion of soldering is confirmed. Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently. If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron tip after completion of soldering work. If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer. CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT (Danish) ADVARSEL ! Lithiumbatteri – Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering. Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren. (English) Caution ! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions. (Finnish) VAROITUS Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (French) ATTENTION Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé par le constructeur. Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant. (Swedish) VARNING Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (German) Achtung Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien. Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden. Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen. CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL (For USA, CANADA) "BATTERY DISPOSAL" THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM PRIMARY (MANGANESS DIOXIDE) MEMORY BACK-UP BATTERY THAT MUST BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. REMOVE THE BATTERY FROM THE PRODUCT AND CONTACT YOUR LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGENCIES FOR INFORMATION ON RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL OPTIONS. "TRAITEMENT DES PILES USAGÉES" CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE DE SAUVEGARDE DE MÉMOIRE LITHIUM PRIMAIRE (DIOXYDE DE MANGANÈSE) QUI DOIT ÊTRE TRAITÉE CORRECTEMENT. ENLEVEZ LA PILE DU PRODUIT ET PRENEZ CONTACT AVEC VOTRE AGENCE ENVIRONNEMENTALE LOCALE POUR DES INFORMATIONS SUR LES MÉTHODES DE RECYCLAGE ET DE TRAITEMENT. All rights reserved. Printed in Japan. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic; mechanical; photocopying; recording or otherwise without prior written permission of the publisher. Trademark Acknowledgments Microsoft Windows, MS-DOS, Windows NT, Windows 2000 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U. S. A. and other countries. Macintosh, Power Macintosh, Mac OS, LaserWriter, and AppleTalk are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. IBM, PC/ AT, and PowerPC are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation. Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. PCL is a trademark of the Hewlett- Packard Company. PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc. All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners. SHARP CORPORATION Digital Document System Group Products Quality Assurance Department Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan 2003 August Printed in Japan